<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>

<helptopics vbversion="3.6.4" product="vbulletin" hasphrases="1">
	<helpscript name="accessmask">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Access Masks</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=user&pageaction=&option=">Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=usertools&pageaction=&option=">User Tools</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=banning&pageaction=&option=">User Banning</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=email&pageaction=&option=">Emailing Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=accessmask&pageaction=&option=">Access Masks</a><br /><br />

<b>Access Masks:</b><br />
Access Masks allow you grant permission to view a forum, or alternatively to deny permission to view a forum, on a per-user basis without making an additional usergroup. This works in conjunction with the Forum Permission system.<br /><br />

Note that inheritance applies here; if you allow a user to view a parent forum, they will also have access to any children forums.<br /><br />

You must enable access masks in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=general&do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>, otherwise changes made here will do nothing.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Access Masks For This Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Below is a list of all users who have access mask permissions set for this forum.  Here you can edit forum access for these users at the user level (as opposed to the group level).
<br /><br />
Make sure access masks are enabled <a href="options.php?dogroup=general&do=options" target="_blank"><b>here</b></a> or these user-level permissions will not work.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying User Forum Access</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you can see at a glance which forums have access masks. (Remember, inheritance applies here! If a user is granted or denied permission to a parent forum, this will be inherited through all child forums of that parent unless there is an opposite access mask somewhere in the lineage.)<br /><br />

You can also view a list of the users who are granted access, denied access, or all users with access masks related to a given forum. You can remove all access masks from a forum by clicking the Reset link next to it.<br /><br />

At the top of the page you can use the 'Delete All Access Masks' link to remove every access mask from all forums. (You will be prompted for confirmation, but be careful as this is not undoable!)<br /><br />

The 'Access Masks Quick Editor' allows you to list every access on a page, with Yes, No, and Default buttons for each mask to quickly mass-modify masks.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="quickedit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Access Masks Quick Editor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you are given a list of every access mask currently in the system. For each mask, a row containing the affected user's name, the forum it applies to, and Yes/No/Default buttons appear. Yes means grant access, No means deny access, and Default means use the default usergroup/forum permission for that forum. (Setting any row to Default will remove that mask.) The 'All Yes', 'All No', and 'All Default' buttons allow you to quickly mass-set all radio buttons to the selection you choose.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="resetall">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete All Access Masks</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Click the "Yes" button below to delete all access masks.  This action cannot be undone!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="admincalendar">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Calendars</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=admincalendar&pageaction=&option=">Calendars</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=calendarpermission&pageaction=&option=">Calendar Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Calendars:</b><br />
vBulletin's calendar system is very advanced. In addition to allowing both public and private events, it allows you to have multiple calendars with usergroup permissions for each.<br /><br />

Calendar administration is relatively easy. vBulletin ships with a default calendar, with most options turned on. You can reach this calendar by clicking Calendar Manager under Calendars & Moderators in the left navigation bar. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=admincalendar&pageaction=modify">Modifying Calendars</a>)<br /><br />

You can also assign moderators to each calendar. Follow the steps above to reach the calendar modification screen, then select 'Add' on the Moderator drop-down across from the appropriate calendar to start the process. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=admincalendar&pageaction=addmod">Adding a Calendar Moderator</a>)<br /><br />

Also on the Modify screen you can edit any existing moderators - simply select their name from the moderator drop-down and press Go. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=admincalendar&pageaction=editmod">Editing a Calendar Moderator</a>)<br /><br />

From the Modify screen, you can select to edit any calendar by choosing Edit from the Controls drop-down menu across from that calendar. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=admincalendar&pageaction=edit">Editing a Calendar</a>)<br /><br />

After you have modified the default calendar, you may wish to add more. Click Add New Calendar under Calendars & Moderators in the left nav bar to add another calendar. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=admincalendar&pageaction=add">Adding a Calendar</a>)<br /><br />

After adding a calendar, you can add custom fields to facilitate easy entry of information that is particular to a given calendar. From the Modify screen, select Edit from the Controls drop-down across from the calendar you wish to add fields to, then select Add Field next to Custom Fields. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=admincalendar&pageaction=addcustom">Adding/Editing Custom Calendar Fields</a>)<br /><br />

Permissions are usually the last thing to be given to a calendar, since it obviously must exist before they can be added. Each usergroup has default calendar permissions that are assigned to it when a new calendar is created. You can change these by clicking Calendar Permissions under Calendars and Moderators in the left nav bar. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=calendarpermission&pageaction=modify">Modifying Usergroup Calendar Permissions</a>)<br /><br />

The Holiday Manager allows you to add or remove holidays from the calendar system. Each calendar can be set separately to show or hide holidays; the Holiday Manager is where you determine what holidays show when holidays are turned on for a  calendar. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=admincalendar&pageaction=modifyholiday">Modifying Holidays</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a New Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Each calendar you add shows events that are only assigned to it. Holidays and birthdays are shown on all calendars unless specifically selected otherwise. Each calendar can have different permissions and different moderators.<br /><br />
An example of usage of this would be if you have a forum for multiple high school sports teams, and each team is a different usergroup. You could have a calendar for each team, and each calendar could be configured to allow only those who are in the usergroup that corresponds to that team to add events while allowing everyone to view it.<br /><br />
The options on this screen are described below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the calendar, e.g. East High Basketball or No Birthdays.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the order in which calendars are displayed in the "Jump to Calendar" drop-down menu on the calendar page, and in the Admin CP. Set this to 0 to not show the calendar to the end-user. If this is set to 0, the user can still access this calendar by typing in the direct URL to it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="customfields">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Custom Fields</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Until you have saved your calendar settings for the first time, you will be unable to add custom fields. Once you have saved it, you will be able to add and then edit custom fields. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=admincalendar.php&pageaction=addcustom">Adding/Editing Custom Calendar Fields</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="neweventemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email Addresses to Notify When There is a New Event</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Entering email addresses here will cause an email to be sent to each address when a new event is posted to this calendar. Separate each address with a space.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="moderatenew">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderate Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, the moderators you assign to this calendar or you as the administrator must view and approve each event before it is displayed on the calendar.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="75" act="add,edit" opt="daterange">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Date Range</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the first and last year that should show on your calendar separated by a dash, e.g. <b>2000-2006</b>. Due to the way PHP works, the maximum range is 1970 to 2037; entering dates outside this range may result in errors or problems.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="76" act="add,edit" opt="default">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Display</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This sets the default display of the calendar. You can choose either Monthly, Weekly or Yearly.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit" opt="startofweek">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Start of the Week</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This sets the default first day of the week for this calendar. If the user is logged in and has selected a different day in their User CP, it will override this setting.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit" opt="cutoff">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Event Title Cutoff</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Setting this to anything greater than 0 will only show that many characters of the event title on the Monthly View of this calendar. Setting it to 0 will always display the complete title, no matter how long, on the Monthly View.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="add,edit" opt="eventcount">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Event Count</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Determines how many events should be listed on the Monthly View for a single day before a single link to all of the day's events is displayed instead.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="add,edit" opt="birthdaycount">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthday Count</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Determines how many birthdays should be listed on the Monthly View for a single day before a single link to all of the day's events is displayed instead.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit" opt="showbirthdays">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Birthdays on this calendar?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Determines whether or not birthdays are shown on this calendar. No matter who has access to this calendar, all users birthdays will be shown if this is set to Yes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="add,edit" opt="showholidays">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show admin defined holidays on this Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Any holidays that you have added to the system, or those that appear on the Holiday Manager by default, will be shown if you set this to Yes. (Due to complex methods of determining the actual date of several holidays, including Easter, Ash Wednesday, Palm Sunday, and Pentecost, these are built-in, with a separate option to disable them below.)</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="135" act="add,edit" opt="holidays">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show predefined holidays on this Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The holidays listed here can not be calculated using the methods we provide in the holiday manager. You can choose which of these holidays that you wish to have appear on your calendar(s).<br /><br />
For all other holidays - those that appear in the Holiday Manager - use the "Show admin defined holidays on this calendar" option above to enable or disable their display.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="add,edit" opt="showweekends">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Saturday/Sunday on this calendar?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this option to No will make the calendar show only Monday through Friday. This will not take into account a user's "start of week" option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="145" act="add,edit" opt="showupcoming">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show upcoming events from this Calendar on forumhome?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this option to Yes will display upcoming events from this calendar on the forum index.  You must also enable <i>Display Calendar Events?</i> under <i>Forums Home Page Options</i> in the vBulletin Options.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="add,edit" opt="allowhtml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow HTML</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows users to use HTML while posting an event. It is strongly recommended that you DO NOT turn this on as it can severely compromise security and/or severely mess up layout if users insert malformed HTML. Even if you set this to Yes, users still cannot use certain tags, including javascript: and about:.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="add,edit" opt="allowbbcode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow BB Code</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This will allow users to use vB Code in their events. Even if this is set to Yes, users will not be able to use the IMG code unless the below option is also set to Yes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="add,edit" opt="allowimgcode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow BB IMG Code</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows users to display images inline on the event page. If you set this to No, a link to the image will be displayed instead of showing the actual image.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="add,edit" opt="allowsmilies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Smilies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Setting this to Yes will allow your users to type things such as :) and :( and have them automatically turned into the corresponding image.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="addcustom">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding/Editing Custom Calendar Fields</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This allows you to add or edit a custom field that will be displayed when someone is entering a new calendar event for the calendar you are adding the field to. Keep in mind that if you need the same field in multiple calendars you will need to manually duplicate it in them.<br /><br />

The options on this page are described below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="addcustom" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the field as shown on the screen where events are entered and the screen where they are displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="25" act="addcustom" opt="description">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This description will appear next to this custom field on event posting pages.  You should enter a description of and instructions for filling in this custom field.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="addcustom" opt="options">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter one or more options for the user to select from for this field. Make sure to press Enter after each option. If you do not enter anything in this field, the user will be given an empty box in which to type their entry for this field.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="addcustom" opt="allowentry">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow user to input their own value for this Custom Field</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option will allow the user to enter their own value for this custom field instead of being forced to choose from the values you have defined.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="addcustom" opt="length">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Max length of allowed user input</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the maximum number of characters a user is allowed to enter if they are allowed to enter their own text for this field. You can select any number between 1 and 255, inclusive.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="addcustom" opt="required">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Field Required</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you select Yes, the user will be required to fill in this field when entering a new event.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="addmod">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a Calendar Moderator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[A calendar moderator is a user who has the ability, by permission, to approve events if you have event moderation turned on for that calendar, and/or edit or delete events already on the calendar.<br /><br />

The options on this screen are described below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="addmod" opt="modusername">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderator Username</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the username of the moderator. This must be accurate or your moderator will not be added.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="addmod,editmod" opt="calendarid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the calendar that this moderator will have permissions on. If you wish for a user to have permissions in multiple calendars, you must add them as a moderator to each calendar separately.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="addmod,editmod" opt="caneditevents">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select whether the moderator may edit events on the calendar.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="addmod,editmod" opt="candeleteevents">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Delete Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select whether the moderator can remove events from the calendar.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="55" act="addmod,editmod" opt="canmoveevents">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Move Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, this moderator will be able to move events from this calendar to other calendars.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="addmod,editmod" opt="canmoderateevents">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Moderate Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you have the moderation queue for this calendar turned on, select whether or not you want this moderator to be able to approve and deny events from being added to the calendar.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="addmod,editmod" opt="canviewips">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View IP Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Determines whether the moderator can view the IP addresses of event posters.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="deletecustom">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Custom Field</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this custom field.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  Deleting this field will lose values entered into it for events on this calendar.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing a Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Each calendar you have shows events that are only assigned to it. Holidays and birthdays are shown on all calendars unless specifically selected otherwise. Each calendar can have different permissions and different moderators.<br /><br />
An example of usage of this would be if you have a forum for multiple high school sports teams, and each team is a different usergroup. You could have a calendar for each team, and each calendar could be configured to allow only those who are in the usergroup that corresponds to that team to add events while allowing everyone to view it.<br /><br />
This screen allows you to edit the settings and options of an existing calendar. The options on this screen are described below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editmod">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing a Calendar Moderator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[A calendar moderator is a user who has the ability, by permission, to approve events if you have event moderation turned on for that calendar, and/or edit or delete events already on the calendar.<br /><br />

At the top of the screen, clicking the Delete Moderator button will prompt you for confirmation to delete this moderator from this calendar.<br /><br />

The options on this screen are described below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Calendars</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, all of your calendars are listed. You can perform various actions on them from here, including changing display order and viewing the calendar.<br /><br />

Next to each calendar, in the Controls column, is a drop-down menu with a number of options. These are:<br />
<b>Edit Calendar</b>: This will link you to the Edit Calendar page to change your calendar's settings. You can also edit a calendar by clicking on it's title. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=admincalendar&pageaction=edit">Editing Calendars</a>)<br />
<b>View Calendar</b>: This will take you to view your calendar as your users see it.<br />
<b>Remove Calendar</b>: After confirming your choice, this will remove the selected calendar and all of its' custom profile fields and moderator list.<br />
<b>Edit Permissions</b>: This allows you to set per-calendar, per-usergroup permissions for various functions of the calendar. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=calendarpermission&pageaction=modify">Modifying Calendar Permissions</a>)<br /><br />

Next to the options are the display order of your calendars. The display order affects the order in which the calendars are displayed in the "Jump To" menu in the frontend, and on this screen in the backend. Setting a display order to 0 will prevent that calendar from showing in the Jump To menu, but a user will still be able to access it by typing in the direct URL to it. If you modify the display orders, be sure to click Update Display Order at the bottom of the screen to save the changes.<br /><br />

On the extreme right are a list of each calendar's moderators. You can modify the moderator by selecting their name, or add a new moderator by selecting "Add New Moderator". (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=admincalendar&pageaction=editmod">Editing Calendar Moderators</a> and <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=admincalendar&pageaction=addmod">Adding Calendar Moderators</a>)<br /><br />

At the bottom of the screen is a link to add a new calendar.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modifyholiday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Holidays</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, all of the holidays for your calendars are listed. You can choose to edit or remove any holiday, or add a new one using the button at the bottom of the screen.<br /><br />

Note that due to the complex methods used in determining the actual dates each year, several holidays are built-in and you cannot edit or remove them. (They can be disabled through a separate option on the Add / Edit Calendar screen.) These holidays include Easter, Ash Wednesday, Palm Sunday, and Pentecost.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this calendar.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  Deleting this calendar will lose all of its events.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removeholiday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Holiday</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this holiday.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removemod">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Moderator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you delete this moderator.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="updateholiday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding/Updating Holidays</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, you add a new holiday or modify an existing holiday. Each holiday you add will appear on all calendars that have "Show holidays on this calendar" set to Yes.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="updateholiday" opt="description">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Description</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">The holiday description is displayed on the View Event screen.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="updateholiday" opt="varname">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Short Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is a short name for the event and is only used internally. It may only contain letters, numerals and the underscore character and must start with a letter.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="updateholiday" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The title of the holiday is shown on the Weekly and  Monthly views of the calendar as well as at the top of the View Event screen.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="updateholiday" opt="event">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The description of the holiday accepts vB Code as well as smilies. You can choose to not convert smilies if you wish. This field will not convert HTML.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="updateholiday" opt="recurring">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Recurring Option</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can set this holiday to recur once every year on a certain date, or a particular day in a particular month (i.e. the first Sunday in June).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="updateholiday" opt="allowsmilies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Convert smilies?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, typing smilies in the description (just as when typing a post) will be converted to their graphical equivalents.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="admininfraction">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">About User Infractions</title>
			<text date="1153498962" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 3"><![CDATA[The User Infraction system is designed to automate the management of misbehaving users.
<br /><br />
The first step in the system is the creation of Infraction Levels.  These levels will vary based on the content of the forum and the scale of the system that you wish to create.  You can create just a few levels or can get very detailed with many levels covering a myriad of forum infractions.
<br /><br />
When creating levels, keep in mind a point total at which you wish to start penalizing users by taking away permissions.  If you envision taking away a certain permission when a user accumulates 10 infraction points then you need to consider how many points will be given for each infraction and how quickly the user can get to 10 points.
<br /><br />
Each infraction level has an expiration time. When the infraction expires, the associated points are removed from the user's point total and the user's infraction groups are recalculated.
<br /><br />
Infraction levels can also be allowed to be given as warnings. A warning does not add any infraction points to the user's point total.  Warnings serve as a method to remind user's of your forum's rules and encourage them to be followed without awarding infraction points. Moderators have the ability to give an infraction or a warning for those levels that have the warning ability enabled.
<br /><br />
The second step in the system is to create Infraction Groups that penalize users in the manner that you wish.
<br /><br />
Normal permissions work by combining all of a user's usergroup permissions and granting a permission for any that have a yes. Infraction group permissions work in the reverse as all infraction group permissions are combined and any permission with a No is taken from the user.  You should set up your infraction usergroups (in the Usergroup Manager) by setting all permissions to Yes and then setting those that you wish to take away to No.
<br /><br />
A user can have multiple infraction groups as they will gain all groups that apply to their primary usergroupid that have a point total less than or equal to their accumulated points.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editgroup" opt="override">
			<title date="1154615488" username="freddie" version="3.6.0">Override Display</title>
			<text date="1154615488" username="freddie" version="3.6.0"><![CDATA[This option will override the user's username markup and user title with the markup and user title from the infraction usergroup.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editgroup">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Adding/Editing Infraction Groups</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[On this screen, you add a new infraction group or modify an existing infraction group.

Infraction groups are awarded based on a user's cumulative infraction points. Infraction groups only apply to a user if the group's primary usergroup matches the user's primary usergroup or if the group's primary usergroup is set to <em>-- All Usergroups --</em>.

Every infraction group that pertains to a user's primary usergroup will be added to a user's infraction groups when the user's infraction points are greater than or equal to the infraction group's points.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2" act="editgroup" opt="pointlevel">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Points</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is user's infraction point total at which this infraction group will apply.

Every infraction group that pertains to a user's primary usergroup will be added to a user's infraction groups when the user's infraction points are greater than or equal to the infraction group's points.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="editgroup" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Primary Usergroup</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the usergroup for which this infraction group applies to.  Setting this to <em>-- All Usergroups--</em> will apply this infraction group to all users. Otherwise this infraction group will be added to a user's infraction groups when their Primary Usergroup matches this one and the user accumulates infraction points greater than or equal to the points given for this group.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="editgroup" opt="orusergroupid">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Override with Permissions from Usergroup</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this infraction group is given to an user, this user group will be used to apply permissions from.

Infraction groups work in the opposite manner of normal usergroups.  When an infraction usergroup is given to a user, the user's normal permissions will be determined and then the users combined infraction groups permissions will be determined.

If any permission in an infraction usergroup is set to <strong>No</strong> then the user will lose that permission.

<strong>No</strong> permissions override <strong>Yes</strong> permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editlevel" opt="extend">
			<title date="1155944185" username="freddie" version="3.6.1">Extend</title>
			<text date="1155944185" username="freddie" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[When this option is enabled a user will receive extended expiration times if given a second infraction that matches an existing active infraction.

For example, a user is given an infraction for spamming posts that expires in 1 day.  An hour later this user is given another spamming posts infraction.  Since the user already had an active spamming posts infraction, this new infraction's expiration time is added to the end time of the previous infraction.  Effectively, this new infraction  will now end 1 day and 23 hours later instead of the default of 1 day. If the user was given a third infraction, it would be added to the end of the second infraction as well.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="5" act="editlevel" opt="title">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Title</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the title of the infraction level.  It is displayed on the screen from which infractions are given and it is also send to user's as the title of their notification pm/email.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="7" act="editlevel" opt="expires">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Expires</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Infractions can either be set to expire within a defined timeframe or they can be set to never expire.  When an infraction expires, any associated points that were given with the infraction will be removed from the user's points total and the user's infraction groups will be recalculated.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="editlevel" opt="points">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Points</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is the number of points that are awarded for an infraction.  Every infraction level must award at least 1 point.  A users combined point score is used to determine which infraction groups to place him or her into.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="715" act="editlevel" opt="warning">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Warning</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Infraction Levels can have the option of allowing a warning to be given.  If an infraction allows warnings, the user giving the infraction will have the choice of giving a warning or giving the infraction's allotted points.

Warnings do not add any points to a user and have no effect on the user's infraction groups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">User Infractions</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">From this screen you can view and modify your current infraction levels and infraction groups.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="adminlog">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Control Panel Log</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=stats&pageaction=&option=">Statistics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=adminlog&pageaction=&option=">Control Panel Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=modlog&pageaction=&option=">Moderator Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=cronlog&pageaction=&option=">Scheduled Task Log</a><br /><br />

<b>Control Panel Log:</b><br />
The Administrator's Log allows you to keep tabs on your co-admins, or have a record of IP address(es) and activity in case of a break-in. Each time an action is performed in the Administrator's Control Panel, it is logged. The information stored includes the username, their IP address, the script involved, the script section in use, and additional information which varies depending on the action being performed.<br /><br />

You can restrict other administrators from viewing and/or pruning the Administrator's Log by modifying your includes/config.php file. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=adminlog&pageaction=restrict">Restricting Access to the Admin Log</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="choose">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Selecting Admin Log Viewing Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[From this screen you can view, and if you have permission, prune, your admin log.<br /><br />

Under Viewing, you have four options to limit your log search. These are explained below.<br /><br />

Once you have made your selection, press View Logs.<br /><br />

If you wish to prune your log, the pruning selector is very similar. The options are also described below.<br /><br />

Keep in mind that these options are cumulative. If you select JoeBlow for option #2 and enter 40 for option #3, you will remove all entries by JoeBlow that are more than 40 days old.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="choose" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing: Log Entries to Display Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This limits how many entries are shown on each page. If you have a slower connection it is recommended you select a lower number.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="choose" opt="script">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing: Show only access to this script</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Allows you to only view accesses to a particular script, such as announcement.php or forum.php.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="choose" opt="userid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing: Show only logs generated by</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you wish to only view logs that were generated by the actions of one person, select their username here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="choose" opt="orderby">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing: Order log entries by</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can order the entries by date created, script accessed, or the user who performed the action.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="choose" opt="pscript">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Pruning: Remove entries relating script</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can remove entries based on which script was being used at the time the entry was made, such as forum.php or template.php.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="choose" opt="puserid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Pruning: Remove entries logged by user</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows you to delete entries from one particular admin.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="choose" opt="daysprune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Pruning: Remove entries older than days</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can easily remove old logs using this option. Logs found that are older than this date will be removed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="prunelog">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Prune Control Panel Log</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete the matching log entries from the control panel log.  Click the "Yes" button to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2" act="resolveip">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reasons for an IP address not resolving</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">There are many reasons why your IP address might not have been able to be resolved. These include a server being down, not allowing reverse DNS, or your server timing out while waiting for a response.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="restrict">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Restricting access to the Admin Log</title>
			<text date="1160396191" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[You can restrict access and pruning access to the Admin Log by adding or modifying two variables in config.php.<br /><br />

Access control to the admin log is <b>not</b> controlled through the control panel for security reasons.<br />
Access to the admin log is controlled with two variables which are located in includes/config.php file.<br /><br />

Both variables can take either a single number, or a list of numbers separated by commas, each representing userids which have access to the admin log.<br /><br />

If you would like to change the current access permissions to the adminlog, you may do so by opening <i>includes/config.php</i> in a text editor and modifying the following variables<br /><br />

<pre> $config['SpecialUsers']['canviewadminlog'] = '1,10';
 $config['SpecialUsers']['canpruneadminlog'] = '1';</pre>

This will restrict viewing access to this script to only you (usually userid 1) and the member with userid 10. Access to prune entries from the log is restricted to you (usually userid 1).<br /><br />

If the $canviewadminlog line is omitted from config.php, or if the value is blank (<i>$config['SpecialUsers']['canviewadminlog'] = '';</i>), all administrators will have access to view the admin log.<br />
Conversely, if the $config['SpecialUsers']['canpruneadminlog'] line is omitted or blank, <i>nobody</i> will be granted pruning permission.<br /><br />

<form><b>Example config.php</b><br />
<textarea rows="20" cols="55" wrap="off" class="code">&lt;?php
/*======================================================================*\
|| #################################################################### ||
|| # vBulletin
|| # ---------------------------------------------------------------- # ||
|| # All PHP code in this file is ©2000-2006 Jelsoft Enterprises Ltd. # ||
|| # This file may not be redistributed in whole or significant part. # ||
|| # ---------------- VBULLETIN IS NOT FREE SOFTWARE ---------------- # ||
|| # http://www.vbulletin.com | http://www.vbulletin.com/license.html # ||
|| #################################################################### ||
\*======================================================================*/

/*-------------------------------------------------------*\
| ****** NOTE REGARDING THE VARIABLES IN THIS FILE ****** |
+---------------------------------------------------------+
| If you get any errors while attempting to connect to    |
| MySQL, you will need to email your webhost because we   |
| cannot tell you the correct values for the variables    |
| in this file.                                           |
\*-------------------------------------------------------*/

	//	****** DATABASE TYPE ******
	//	This is the type of the database server on which your vBulletin database will be located.
	//	Valid options are mysql and mysqli.  Try to use mysqli if you are using PHP 5 and MySQL 4.1+
$config['Database']['dbtype'] = 'mysql';

	//	****** DATABASE NAME ******
	//	This is the name of the database where your vBulletin will be located.
	//	This must be created by your webhost.
$config['Database']['dbname'] = 'yourdbname';

	//	****** TABLE PREFIX ******
	//	Prefix that your vBulletin tables have in the database.
$config['Database']['tableprefix'] = 'yourprefix';

	//	****** TECHNICAL EMAIL ADDRESS ******
	//	If any database errors occur, they will be emailed to the address specified here.
	//	Leave this blank to not send any emails when there is a database error.
$config['Database']['technicalemail'] = 'example@example.com';



	//	****** MASTER DATABASE SERVER NAME ******
	//	This is the hostname or IP address of the database server.
	//	It is in the format HOST:PORT. If no PORT is specified, 3306 is used.
	//	If you are unsure of what to put here, leave it at the default value.
$config['MasterServer']['servername'] = 'localhost';

	//	****** MASTER DATABASE USERNAME & PASSWORD ******
	//	This is the username and password you use to access MySQL.
	//	These must be obtained through your webhost.
$config['MasterServer']['username'] = 'yourusername';
$config['MasterServer']['password'] = 'yourpassword';

	//	****** MASTER DATABASE PERSISTENT CONNECTIONS ******
	//	This option allows you to turn persistent connections to MySQL on or off.
	//	The difference in performance is negligible for all but the largest boards.
	//	If you are unsure what this should be, leave it off. (0 = off; 1 = on)
$config['MasterServer']['usepconnect'] = 0;



	//	****** SLAVE DATABASE CONFIGURATION ******
	//	If you have multiple database backends, this is the information for your slave
	//	server. If you are not 100% sure you need to fill in this information,
	//	do not change any of the values here.
$config['SlaveServer']['servername'] = '';
$config['SlaveServer']['username'] = '';
$config['SlaveServer']['password'] = '';
$config['SlaveServer']['usepconnect'] = 0;



	//	****** PATH TO ADMIN & MODERATOR CONTROL PANELS ******
	//	This setting allows you to change the name of the folders that the admin and
	//	moderator control panels reside in. You may wish to do this for security purposes.
	//	Please note that if you change the name of the directory here, you will still need
	//	to manually change the name of the directory on the server.
$config['Misc']['admincpdir'] = 'admincp';
$config['Misc']['modcpdir'] = 'modcp';

	//	Prefix that all vBulletin cookies will have
	//	Keep this short and only use numbers and letters, i.e. 1-9 and a-Z
$config['Misc']['cookieprefix'] = 'bb';

	//	******** FULL PATH TO FORUMS DIRECTORY ******
	//	On a few systems it may be necessary to input the full path to your forums directory
	//	for vBulletin to function normally. You can ignore this setting unless vBulletin
	//	informs you to fill this in. Do not include a trailing slash!
	//	Example Unix:
	//	  $config['Misc']['forumpath'] = '/home/users/public_html/forums';
	//	Example Win32:
	//	  $config['Misc']['forumpath'] = 'c:\program files\apache group\apache\htdocs\vb3';
$config['Misc']['forumpath'] = '';



	//	****** USERS WITH ADMIN LOG VIEWING PERMISSIONS ******
	//	The users specified here will be allowed to view the admin log in the control panel.
	//	Users must be specified by *ID number* here. To obtain a user's ID number,
	//	view their profile via the control panel. If this is a new installation, leave
	//	the first user created will have a user ID of 1. Separate each userid with a comma.
$config['SpecialUsers']['canviewadminlog'] = '1';

	//	****** USERS WITH ADMIN LOG PRUNING PERMISSIONS ******
	//	The users specified here will be allowed to remove ("prune") entries from the admin
	//	log. See the above entry for more information on the format.
$config['SpecialUsers']['canpruneadminlog'] = '1';

	//	****** USERS WITH QUERY RUNNING PERMISSIONS ******
	//	The users specified here will be allowed to run queries from the control panel.
	//	See the above entries for more information on the format.
	//	Please note that the ability to run queries is quite powerful. You may wish
	//	to remove all user IDs from this list for security reasons.
$config['SpecialUsers']['canrunqueries'] = '';

	//	****** UNDELETABLE / UNALTERABLE USERS ******
	//	The users specified here will not be deletable or alterable from the control panel by any users.
	//	To specify more than one user, separate userids with commas.
$config['SpecialUsers']['undeletableusers'] = '';

	//	****** SUPER ADMINISTRATORS ******
	//	The users specified below will have permission to access the administrator permissions
	//	page, which controls the permissions of other administrators
$config['SpecialUsers']['superadministrators'] = '1';

	//	****** MySQLI OPTIONS *****
	//	PHP can be instructed to set connection parameters by reading from the
	//	file named in 'ini_file'. Please use a full path to the file.
	//	Used to set the connection's default character set
	//	Example:
	//	$config['Mysqli']['ini_file'] = 'c:\program files\MySQL\MySQL Server 4.1\my.ini';
$config['Mysqli']['ini_file'] = '';

/*======================================================================*\
|| ####################################################################
|| # CVS: config.php
|| ####################################################################
\*======================================================================*/
?&gt;</textarea></form>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="view">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing the Admin Log</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This screen shows you a portion of the log entries that have been made by you and/or your co-administrators (if applicable) while performing administrative duties. From left to right, the columns tell you:<br /><br />
<b>Log ID</b>: This is simply an internal ID used for cataloguing.<br /><br />

<b>Username</b>: This is the person who performed the action.<br /><br />

<b>Date</b>: This is the date and time the action was performed.<br /><br />

<b>Script</b>: This is the script involved. Most scripts' names are self-explanatory. For example, viewing the admin log would generate a log item with the script "adminlog.php".<br /><br />

<b>Action</b>: This is the action that the user performed. This may not always be easily understood, as it is the internal action name, not necessarily a verbose description of the action.<br /><br />

<b>Extra Info</b>: For some actions, this records extra bits, such as what userid was being modified, or which template was being edited.<br /><br />

<b>IP Address</b>: This is the IP address that was logged while the user was performing the action. Clicking on the address will attempt to resolve the IP address; that is, put it into an actual machine name and/or domain name. Sometimes this is not possible to do; see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=adminlog.php&pageaction=resolveip">Reasons for an IP address not resolving</a>.<br /><br />

At the bottom of the page, if there are more entries than could be displayed on one screen, you will find links to view the first page, previous page, next page, and last page. These buttons appear as necessary. For example if you are on the first page, the First Page and Previous Page buttons will not appear.<br /><br />

To return to the main screen, choose Restart from the bottom of any page.<br /><br />

You can restrict access to this script, or just to the pruning function or just to the viewing function. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=adminlog.php&pageaction=restrict">Restricting Access to Admin Log</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="adminpermissions">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Administrator Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=usergroup&pageaction=&option=">Usergroups</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=forumpermission&pageaction=&option=">Forum Permissions</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=adminpermissions&pageaction=&option=">Administrator Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Administrator Permissions:</b><br />
vBulletin allows you to restrict administrator access to the Admin CP on a per-admin basis.  In this way you can create co-administrators without giving them total access to mess up your forums.<br /><br />

Your userid # must be given access in the config.php file in order for you to access this page.  Please see <a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=adminlog&pageaction=restrict&option=">this</a> help topic for instructions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="dismissednews">
			<title date="1158158296" username="Kier" version="3.6.1">Dismissed vBulletin.com News Items</title>
			<text date="1158158318" username="Kier" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[This contains a comma-separated list of news item IDs that have been dismissed by this administrator.<br />
<br />
To reset this, simply remove all contents from this field.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing Administrator Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you see the various permissions you can grant or deny for the user you chose to edit. They are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="edit" opt="canadminsettings">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Settings</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Options area of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="edit" opt="canadminstyles">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Styles</title>
			<text date="1161596771" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Styles &amp; Templates area of the Admin CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="edit" opt="canadminlanguages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Languages</title>
			<text date="1161596763" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Languages &amp; Phrases area of the Admin CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="edit" opt="canadminforums">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Forums</title>
			<text date="1161596752" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Forums &amp; Moderators area of the Admin CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="edit" opt="canadminthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Threads</title>
			<text date="1161596779" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Threads &amp; Posts area of the Admin CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="edit" opt="canadmincalendars">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Calendars</title>
			<text date="1161596744" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Calendars &amp; Moderators area of the Admin CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="edit" opt="canadminusers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Users, Usergroups, User Titles, User Ranks, User Reputations, and User Profile Fields areas of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="edit" opt="canadminfaq">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer FAQs</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the FAQ area of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="edit" opt="canadminpermissions">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer User Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Usergroup/Forum Permissions and Access Masks areas of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="edit" opt="canadminimages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Avatars/Icons/Smilies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Avatars, Post Icons, and Smilies areas of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="edit" opt="canadminbbcodes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer BB Codes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Custom BB Codes area of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="edit" opt="canadmincron">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Cron</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Scheduled Tasks area of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="edit" opt="canadminmaintain">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Run Maintenance Tools</title>
			<text date="1148989535" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Maintenance area of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="135" act="edit" opt="canadminplugins">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Plugins</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines whether or not an admin will be able to manage the plugins used by your forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="edit" opt="cssprefs">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Control Panel Style Choice</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can set the style this admin sees in the Admin CP. (They can override this setting on the login screen - this is merely their default.)</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Administrator Permissions Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, all administrators you have are listed. (An administrator is defined as a user who is in a usergroup that has "can control panel" set to Yes.)<br /><br />

From here you can link to the Admin Log for a particular user by clicking View Administrator Log, or edit their area permissions by clicking Edit Permissions. Click their username to edit the user's profile.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="adminreputation">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About User Reputations</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>User Reputations:</b><br />
vBulletin's user reputation system provides a way of rating users based on the quality of their posts.  Users on your forums can add or subtract reputation points from other users by clicking the reputation link in their posts.  You can set restrictions on the giving and taking away of reputation points by users in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=reputation&do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.<br /><br />

User reputations allow the users in your community to tell vBulletin which users are quality and which users are not.  And in response to user feedback, vBulletin has the ability to label and reward users for the quality of their posts, as is indicated by their reputation.<br /><br />

You can label quality users by defining reputation levels in the <a href="adminreputation.php?do=modify" target="_blank">User Reputation Manager</a>.  User reputation levels work very similar to user titles and user ranks in that they are an indicator of status that are displayed next to names in posts.<br /><br />

You can reward quality users by creating promotions on the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modifypromotion" target="_blank">Promotions</a> page.  Promotions are used to change a user's group memberships when they meet certain conditions, one of which can be their reputation level.  Because forum permissions can be controlled with group memberships, a user's reputation in conjunction with promotions can be used to control a user's forum permissions.  And so by using a combination of user reputations, promotions, and group permissions, you can enable your community to reward and punish good and bad posters on your forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a Reputation level</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows you to add a new reputation level.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="level">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Level Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is what is displayed for the user when their reputation points are above the amount entered as the minimum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="minimumreputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum amount of reputation points required for this level</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This can be a positive or a negative amount. When the user's reputation points reaches this amount, the above description will be displayed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="deletereputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Reputation Click</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation page for deleting the specified reputation click.  Click the "Yes" button to confirm the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="dolist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View Reputation Comments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is a list of reputations clicks that match your search criteria.  You can edit or delete specific clicks by selecting those links to the right of each reputation click.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing a Reputation Level</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows you to edit an existing reputation level.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editreputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to edit a reputation click.  After editing a click it may be necessary to <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">Rebuild User Repuation</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="editreputation" opt="reason">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Comment</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the reason this reputation click was given.  Users may be able to view this reason depending on their group permissions.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="editreputation" opt="reputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the number of reputation points granted by this reputation click.  It can be positive or negative.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="list">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View Reputation Comments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to search for reputation comments left by / for specific users over the specified date range.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="list,dolist" opt="leftfor">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Comments Left For</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">To limit the comments left for a specific user, enter the username here.  Leave this field empty to receive comments left for every user.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="list,dolist" opt="leftby">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Comments Left By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">To limit the comments left by a specific user, enter the username here.  Leave this field empty to receive comments left by every user.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="list,dolist" opt="start">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Start Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a start date for this report.  Select a month, day, and year.  The selected statistic must be no older than this date for it to be included in the report.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="list,dolist" opt="end">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">End Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select an end date for this report.  Select a month, day, and year.  The selected statistic must not be newer than this date for it to be included in the report.  You can use this setting in conjunction with the "Start Date" setting to create a window of time for this report.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Reputation Levels</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you can modify the minimum amount required for each reputation level. Make sure you press Update Minimum Levels to save your changes. You cannot set the same minimum amount to more than one level.<br /><br />

From this screen you can also choose to edit or remove any single level. Click the Edit link to modify the Level description (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=adminreputation&pageaction=edit">Editing a Reputation Level</a>) or click Remove to delete a level. If you remove a level or modify the minimum reputation needed to be at a level, all users will be updated to reflect their new level if necessary.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this reputation.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="announcement">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Announcements</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Announcements:</b><br />
vBulletin's announcement system allows you to communicate important information to your users. While there are other methods for doing this (such as Sticky threads), announcements have several distinct advantages: you can use HTML without enabling it in a forum (which is <b>very dangerous</b>), you can set the announcement to not appear until sometime in the future and automatically disappear on a certain date, and you can add an announcement to show up in all forums.<br /><br />

If you have multiple announcements in a forum, global announcements included, they will all be displayed in one thread, which can be accessed by clicking on the title of the most recent announcement on forumdisplay.<br /><br />

Announcements are never automatically removed. When the End Date set for an announcement is reached, it will disappear from end-user view. It can be removed or reactivated from the Admin CP at any time. To reactivate an expired announcement, simply change the End Date to some date in the future.<br /><br />

To add an announcement, click Add New Announcement under Announcements in the left navigation bar, or click New across from the forum it should apply to. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=announcement&amp;pageaction=add">Adding Announcements</a>)<br /><br />

Once you have one or more announcements, you can view a list of them and the forums they belong to. Click Announcement Manager under Announcements in the left navigation bar to see a list of your forums and announcements. From here you can create a new global or forum-specific announcement, or modify or remove an existing one. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=announcement&amp;pageaction=modify">Modifying Announcements</a>)<br /><br />

From here, click Edit to modify the properties or text of an announcement, or Delete to remove it. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=announcement&amp;pageaction=edit">Editing Announcements</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding Announcements</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Options on this page are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="forumid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the forum that the announcement should show in. Selecting "All Forums" will make a global announcement. If you select a forum with sub-forums, the announcement will show in all sub-forums as well as the parent forum.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is what will show on the forum listing screen as the name of the announcement.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="start">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Start Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This determines how long the announcement is shown. If this date is in the future, the announcement will be hidden until this date arrives.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="end">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">End Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This determines when the announcement disappears from the end-users view. The announcement will <i>not</i> be deleted after the end date; rather it will simply be hidden from the end-user. You will still be able to view, edit, and/or reactivate the announcement from the Admin CP or Mod CP after the End Date.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="pagetext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This will accept HTML, vB Code, and/or Smilies, depending on how you set the following options.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="allowbbcode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow BB Code</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This lets you use the standard vB Code in your announcement, as if you were writing a post on your forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit" opt="allowsmilies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Smilies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This will translate text such as :) and :( into the actual smilie images, again as if you were writing a post.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit" opt="allowhtml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow HTML</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This lets you use standard HTML in your announcement. Remember to close all tags or it could mess up the layout of your announcement page when viewed by the end-user!</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing Announcements</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Options on this page are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="edit" opt="reset_views">
			<title date="1154002483" username="Kier" version="3.6.0">Reset Views Counter to Zero</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The read status determines if an announcement is displayed on the "New Posts" and "Today's Posts" searches. Once an active announcement is viewed, it no longer will display on these searches for the user.  When this option is set to yes, it resets the status of the announcement for all users so that they will see it as a new announcement again.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Announcements</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, all of your announcements are listed, ordered by start date.<br /><br />

At the top are global announcements; these show in all forums. There is a button labeled New that you can click to add a new global announcement. (If you don't currently have any global announcements, this section will not show. In this case, to add a new global announcement, click Add New Announcement in the navigation bar.)<br /><br />

Below that you will find a list of every forum, along with lists of announcements in each forum. Remember that just because an announcement is listed here does <i>not</i> mean it is viewable by the end-user. Announcements are not automatically deleted after their end date - you must manually remove them (by clicking the Delete link next to the announcement), or you can reactivate them (by clicking the Edit link next to the announcement and choosing a new end date that is after today's date).<br />
You can view the announcements as your users see them by clicking on a forum name.<br /><br />

To create a new announcement in a specific forum, click the New button across from that forum name.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Announcement</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this announcement.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="attachment">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Attachments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=attachment&pageaction=&option=">Attachments</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=moderate&pageaction=&option=">Moderating Content</a><br /><br />

<b>Attachments:</b><br />
vBulletin supports file uploads to posts, called post attachments.  Post attachments are useful in attaching any kind of file that relates to a post including images, text files, pdfs, zips, and any other file type you allow to be attached to posts.<br /><br />

vBulletin provides you with two options for storing post attachments: 1) you can store them in the database or 2) you can store them in the file system on your web server.  Both methods have advantages and disadvantages.  The database is more efficient with storage space and is easier to backup than individual files.  However, storing attachments in the database is also an extra burden on the database when users download attachments.  Other considerations include how you want to restrict access to attachments, whether you want to use vBulletin's permission system or directory permissions like htaccess.<br /><br />

vBulletin's attachment system allows you to specify maximum file sizes for each type of file you allow to be attached.  Some file types tend to belong to larger files (videos and images versus text for example) and this ability allows you to take that into consideration.<br /><br />

On the topic of maximum file sizes, vBulletin allows you to limit the total size of all of a user's attachments at the group level (see the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>).  This is useful in preventing any one user from taking up too much storage with their attachments.<br /><br />

Another nice feature of vBulletin's attachment system is its support for thumbnails.  When a user posts an image attachment you can configure vBulletin to generate a miniature version of the image (called a thumbnail) that is linked to the larger version of the image.  This is useful in preventing large inline image attachments from stretching your forum layout.  You can configure thumbnails and many other attachment options in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=attachment&do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.  If you are using the ImageMagick library, then you may be able to create thumbnails from additional image types: BMP, TIF, PSD, and PDF.  You should have the latest versions of ImageMagick and Ghostscript installed for creating thumbnails from PDF files. Thumbnailing large PDF files may still cause problems so use this option with caution.<br /><br />

Like other forum permissions in vBulletin, the ability of a user to post attachments can be set at the group level (see the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>), and at the group level for a specific forum (see <a href="forumpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Forum Permissions</a>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="delete">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Attachment</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation before this attachment is deleted.  Please confirm the correct attachment name below and click the "Yes" button to continue.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="upload">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Upload</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select an attachment from your computer. The current attachment will be replaced with the selected file. The current attachmentid will be retained.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing an Attachment</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can edit or replace an existing attachment on this screen. The options are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="url">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Remote Upload</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Specify a complete url to a file to have vBulletin retrieve the file and attach it to the post.  Example:<br /><br />

http://images.vbulletin.com/images_vb3/misc/vbulletin3_logo_white.gif]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="edit" opt="a_filename">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filename</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can change the filename of an existing attachment here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="edit" opt="a_counter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Views</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the number of times that the attachment has been viewed (or downloaded).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="edit" opt="a_visible">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Visible</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you select No to this option, it will not be visible on showthread.php with the post. Instead it will act as if it is waiting for moderation; you can find it under Attachments > Moderate.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="intro">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Searching for Specific Attachments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you have several different options for searching attachments. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=attachment&pageaction=search">Results of Searching Attachments</a>)<br /><br />

At the top are several links to common searches. These are:<br />
<b>Largest Attachments</b>: This searches attachments, ordering them by size, largest first.<br /><br />

<b>Most Popular Attachments</b>: This sorts a search of attachments by number of downloads, most downloads first.<br /><br />

<b>Newest Attachments</b>: This searches attachments and sorts them by date, newest first.<br /><br />

<b>Oldest Attachments</b>: Selecting this shows all attachments, sorted by date with oldest first.<br /><br /><br />

Attachment Pruning finds attachments older than a certain date, with 30 days being the default. Enter the desired age and press View Results.<br /><br />

Under Advanced Attachment Search, you can use specific criteria to do a custom search. The criteria entry boxes are described below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="intro" opt="prunedate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Pruning: Find All Attachments Older Than X Days</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can search for attachments older than X days and on the following screen quickly prune them.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="15" act="intro" opt="filename">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filename</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is a case-insensitive search of the filenames to see if the string you enter is contained in it. This includes extensions (e.g. .jpg or .txt).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="intro" opt="attachedby">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attached By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you wish to limit the search to attachments posted by one user, enter their username here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="intro" opt="datelinebefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attached Before</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter a date that attachments must have been attached before. The format is YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. For example, 2002-04-30 12:02:01. Use a 24 hour clock; that is, convert 01:02:02 PM into 13:02:02.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="intro" opt="datelineafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attached After</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can also set a starting date, where the attachment must have been attached after this date. The format is YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. For example, 2002-04-30 12:02:01. Use a 24 hour clock; that is, convert 01:02:02 PM into 13:02:02. Note if you use both Attached Before and Attached After, Attached After must be a date before Attached Before or there will be no search period!</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="intro" opt="downloadsmore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">More Than X Downloads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Finds attachments that have had more than X downloads, X being the number you specify.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="intro" opt="downloadsless">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Less Than X Downloads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Finds attachments that have had less than X downloads, X being the number you specify. Note if you use both More Than and Less Than X Downloads, the More Than number must be less than the Less Than number or there will be no search range!</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="intro" opt="sizemore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filesize Greater Than</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the size, in bytes, that the attachment must be larger than. Remember this is in bytes, <i>not</i> KiloBytes.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="intro" opt="sizeless">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filesize Less Than</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the size, in bytes, that the attachment must be smaller than. Remember this is in bytes, <i>not</i> KiloBytes! Note that if you are using both Filesize Greater Than and Filesize Less Than, Filesize Greater Than must be less than Filesize Less Than or there will be no range to search!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="intro" opt="visible">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachment Is Visible</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you have attachment moderation and have attachments which have not been moderated yet, or have manually edited an attachment and turned it's visibility to Off, setting this option to <b>No</b> will find only those attachments.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="intro" opt="orderby">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Order By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can order your search results by several options, either ascending or descending. They are Attached By, Downloads, Filename, Filesize, Time Attached, Visible. This will not affect your search, only how the results are displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="intro" opt="results">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachments to Show Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Determines how many results are shown on each page after you click Find Attachments. It is recommended you do not set this too high for performance reasons.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="massdelete">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Attachments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete the attachments you selected on the previous page.  Click the "Yes" button to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removetype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Attachment Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this attachment type.  Please confirm the correct attachment type below and click the "Yes" button to continue.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="search">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Results of Searching Attachments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you are given a lot of information about each attachment that was found as a result of your search. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=attachment.php&pageaction=intro">Searching for Specific Attachments</a>)<br /><br />

From this screen, you are shown the following:<br />
<b>Filename</b>: This is the filename of the attachment. Clicking on the filename will show you the attachment itself if it is an image, or prompt you to download the file if it is another type of attachment.<br /><br />

<b>User Name</b>: This is the user that posted the attachment. Clicking their name will take you to edit their profile.<br /><br />

<b>Date</b>: This is the date the attachment was posted. Next to the date is a link to view the post that the attachment belongs to.<br /><br />

<b>Size</b>: This is the size, in KB (KiloBytes), of the attachment.<br /><br />

<b>Downloads</b>: This is how many times the attachment has been downloaded.<br /><br />

At the extreme left is a column of checkboxes. You can check them individually or click the box in the header row to select them all. Clicking "Delete Checked Attachments" will remove the selected attachments.<br /><br />

At the extreme right is a link to delete an attachment.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="stats">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing Attachment Statistics</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you are given several "top 5s" about the attachments on your forum as well as some general statistics.<br /><br />

From top to bottom:
<b>Statistics:</b><br />
<b>Total Attachments</b>: This is the total number of attachments on your forum.<br /><br />

<b>Disk Space Used</b>: This is how much disk space is consumed by all attachments combined.<br /><br />

<b>Storage Type</b>: Where the attachments are being stored, either in the database or the file system, and if they are in the file system, the actual path to them.<br /><br />

<b>Average Attachment Filesize</b>: This is the average size of an attachment, determined by dividing the number of attachments into the total disk space used.<br /><br />

Under <b>Five Most Popular Attachments</b>, the columns are:<br />
<b>Rank</b>: The rank of the attachment.<br /><br />

<b>Filename</b>: The filename of the attachment. Clicking on it will show you the attachment, if it is an image, or prompt you to download it if it is another file type.<br /><br />

<b>User Name</b>: This is who posted the attachment. Clicking on the username will bring up the edit user page for that individual.<br /><br />

<b>Downloads</b>: This is how many times the attachment has been downloaded by users.<br /><br />

To the left are several other options.<br />
<b>View Post</b> shows you the post that the attachment was attached to.<br /><br />

<b>Delete</b>: Choose this to remove the attachment.<br /><br />

The <b>Five Largest Attachments</b> is nearly identical, save for having a Size column instead of a Downloads column. The Size column indicates the actual byte size of the attachment, in KB (KiloBytes).<br /><br />

<b>Five Users Whose Attachments Take Up The Most Space</b> shows you at a glance who is attachment-happy. For each user in the top five (if there are not five users who have made attachments, only those who have will be shown) their name, number of attachments, and the total size of those attachments is displayed. Clicking View Attachments at the end of each row will find all of the attachments that the user has posted. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=attachment&pageaction=search">Searching Attachments</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="storage,switchtype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Switching Attachments from the Database to the File System and vice-versa</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This process will allow you to move your attachments from the database into the file system, or, if they are in the file system, to a different directory in the file system or back into the database. Please note that if you do not have enough disk space in the intended destination, the process will fail, but your attachments will be safe as tests are done first to ensure there is enough space.<br />
Attachments will not be removed from the database or filesystem and your storage type setting will not be changed until the end of the process.<br />
If the process aborts before the end, you will need to free up space or prune attachments before trying again.<br /><br />

If you are moving attachments into the file system, it is recommended that you do *not* place the folder under your web root (usually named public_html or www or www_root) because people will be able to bypass vBulletin's permission system and download them. Also, you will need to make the folder writeable by PHP. The easiest way to do this is CHMOD it 777 (consult your FTP, Telnet, or SSH documentation for more info on how to do this). We do not recommended that you put a folder that is CHMODed 777 under your web root - another good reason to have it located above the document root.<br /><br />

If you are moving attachments from the file system into the database, you must have enough storage space on the drive and/or partition where your database is located.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="attachpath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachment File Path</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the file path to store attachments in.

This file path should be readable AND writeable by your web server (usually CHMOD 777). It should be above your web documents root or users will be able to bypass vBulletin's permissions system and download attachments anyway.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="types">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modify Attachment Types</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can see all of the types of attachments that you currently allow to be uploaded. From here you can Edit or Delete any type by clicking the appropriate link, or click Add New Type to add another type of attachment.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="updatetype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying An Attachment Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can set various options regarding the file type you are editing.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="updatetype" opt="extension">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Extension</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the extension of the file - the letter(s) after the dot in the filename. For example, the filename <b>vb.net</b> has an extension of <b>net</b>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="updatetype" opt="size">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Max File Size</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can set the maximum size of uploaded files per type. This number is in bytes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="updatetype" opt="height">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Max Height</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this type is an image, this sets the maximum height that the image may be, otherwise it is ignored.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="updatetype" opt="width">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Max Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this type is an image, this sets the maximum width that the image may be, otherwise it is ignored.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="updatetype" opt="mimetype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">MIME Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[In order for a browser to properly recognize a file's type, a content-type header must be sent before the file is. vBulletin will send the header for you automatically, but you must provide the correct MIME type so the header that is sent is correct.<br /><br />

The correct format for this field is<br />
<b>Content-type: type/subtype</b><br />
For example, for JPEG images:<br />
<b>Content-type: image/jpeg</b><br /><br />

You can find a list of types and subtypes <a href="http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="updatetype" opt="enabled">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, users will be allowed to upload files of this type. Otherwise they will not be, but this type will still be listed in your Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="updatetype" opt="newwindow">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Open Attachment in New Window</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The setting dictates how the attachment is displayed to the user.  It is common to have image attachments open in a new browser window/tab while you would want compressed files to open in the same window so that the application associated with the file type opens the file directly.  Opening a new window for this type of file will result in a blank window being opened for some browsers.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="updatetype" opt="thumbnail" />
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="attachmentpermission">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="height">
			<title date="1148489948" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Maximum Height</title>
			<text date="1148489948" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If this type is an image, this sets the maximum height that the image may be, otherwise it is ignored.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="useextension">
			<title date="1148490007" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Can use this extension</title>
			<text date="1148490007" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If set to no, then the specified usergroup will not be allowed to upload this attachment. Make sure that [i]Use Custom Permissions[/i] is chosen or this change will not have any effect.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="width">
			<title date="1148489932" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Maximum Width</title>
			<text date="1148489932" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If this type is an image, this sets the maximum width that the image may be, otherwise it is ignored.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="size">
			<title date="1148489915" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Max Filesize</title>
			<text date="1148489915" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">You can set the maximum size of uploaded files per type. This number is in bytes.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="avatar">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About User Picture Storage</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=image&pageaction=&option=">Avatars, Post Icons, and Smilies</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=avatar&pageaction=&option=">User Picture Storage</a><br /><br />

<b>User Picture Storage:</b><br />
vBulletin supports two storage types for avatars and profile pictures : database or file system.<br /><br />

Both methods have advantages and disadvantages.  The database is easier to backup than individual files.  However, storing user pictures in the database is also an extra burden on the database when images are loaded on forum pages.  Other considerations include how you want to protect access to the images, whether you want to use vBulletin's permission system or directory permissions like htaccess.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="storage,switchtype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Switching User Pictures from the Database to the File-System and Vice-Versa</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page will allow you to move your avatars and profile pictures from the database into the file system, or, if they are in the file system, to a different directory in the file system or back into the database. Please note that if you do not have enough disk space in the intended destination, the process will fail, but your images will be safe as the images will not be removed from the database or filesystem and your storage type setting will not be changed until the end of the process. If the process aborts before the end, you will need to free up space or prune avatars before trying again.<br /><br />

If you are moving images into the file system, you will need to create a directory within your forums folder (/images/customavatars is a good one) for their storage. Unlike when you are storing attachments in the file system, this folder <b>must</b> be accessible from the web (usually CHMOD 777).<br /><br />

If you are moving images from the file system into the database, you must have enough storage space on the drive and/or partition where your database is located.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="profilepicurl">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">URL to Profile Pictures</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the URL to the profile picture directory, relative to your forums root directory. If you used a setting of<br /><br /><strong>./customprofilepics</strong><br /><br /> for the Profile Picture File Path option, you would set this option to<br /> customprofilepics]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="avatarurl">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">URL to Avatars</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the URL to the avatar directory, relative to your forums root directory. If you used a setting of<br /><br /><strong>./customavatars</strong><br /><br />
for the Avatar File Path option, you would set this option to<br />
customavatars]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="avatarpath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Avatar File Path</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the path to the directory where the avatars will be stored on your server. It should be relative to your vBulletin forums root directory and must be CHMODed such that your web server can read and write to it (usually 777). Additionally it must be accessible from the web! (This is unlike when you have attachments in the file system, when it is recommended that the folder not be accessible from the web.)<br /><br />

A setting of<br />
./customavatars<br />
would mean a directory called customavatars inside your forums root directory.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="profilepicpath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Profile Picture Path</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the path to the directory where the profile pictures will be stored on your server. It should be relative to your vBulletin forums root directory and must be CHMODed such that your web server can read and write to it (usually 777). Additionally it must be accessible from the web! (This is unlike when you have attachments in the file system, when it is recommended that the folder not be accessible from the web.)<br /><br /> A setting of<br /> ./customprofilepics<br /> would mean a directory called customprofilepics inside your forums root directory.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="backup">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Database Backup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=backup&pageaction=&option=">Database Backup</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=repair&pageaction=&option=">Repair / Optimize</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=misc&pageaction=&option=">Update Counters</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=diagnostic&pageaction=&option=">Diagnostics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=queries&pageaction=&option=">Execute SQL Query</a><br /><br />

<b>Database Backup:</b><br />
vBulletin's backup script can be used to backup your forum's database.  Please note, this backup script is not the recommended way to backup your database because it is subject to PHP timeouts, especially on large databases.  If you use this script to backup your database you might get an incomplete backup.<br /><br />

The recommended backup method is to use the mysqldump command via telnet / SSH.  Please view <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=backup.php&pageaction=mysqldump">these instructions</a> on how to make a backup of your database using the command line via Telnet or SSH.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="choose">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Making a Backup of Your Database</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[There are three backup options on this page. The first is to make a selective backup of certain tables. This will make a backup of the tables you select and dump it to screen. You then save the resulting page to your local computer. This is likely to make your browser time out if your database is of any significant size. We recommend you check the integrity of this type of backup after you make it and before you would actually need to restore it. e.g. Do It Now. :)<br /><br />

<b>Save data to file on server</b> is similar to how mysqldump works on the command line. This is still subject to PHP timing out, so we cannot recommend this one either if you have a choice. If you must use it, enter the path to and filename of the backup file you want to create. It can have any extension, though you might want to name it .sql to remind you what it is. As is noted on that page, PHP must have write access to the directory you specify. Usually this means you must CHMOD the directory 777. Consult your FTP documentation on how to do this.<br /><br />

<b>CSV Dump of data</b> produces a CSV (comma-separated values) file that can be imported via the command line or phpMyAdmin. This is also subject to PHP timeout as well as browser timeout since this, like the first option, is dumped to screen. You choose one table at a time, the separator character (note this; it is important when you import the file later), what quotes around the data should be, and whether or not to show column names.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="choose" opt="filename">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Path and name of file to save backup to</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a file name and path.  This path is relative to your web user's home directory which is usually one level above your web root directory.  It is recommended you save your backup file in a directory that is not web accessable.<br /><br />

For example, if you want to save the backup file in your user's home directory then just enter a file name here, like "forumbackup.sql".  If you want to save the file in a directory below your user's home directory then enter the path in front of the file name, like "/path/to/directory/forumbackup.sql".<br /><br />

The filename must end with the .sql extension.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="choose" opt="table">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Table Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the database table you want to backup.  The records in this table will be saved to the backup file.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="choose" opt="separator">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Separator Character</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The separator character is used to separate each field, which by default, is a comma.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="choose" opt="quotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Quote Character</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Fields containing either the field separator (comma by default) or whitespace must be enclosed by the quote character which is the double quotes ("") by default.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="choose" opt="showhead">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add Column Names</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option will add the column names as the first line in the CSV file. This is useful for spreadsheet programs.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="mysqldump">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Making a Backup of your Database via Telnet/SSH</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[It is quite simple to make a backup of your database via Telnet or SSH. The process is the same via either method. After you have logged into your server and are at the command prompt, do the following.<br /><br />
Type <pre>mysqldump --opt -uUSERNAME -p DATABASENAME > /path/to/dump.sql</pre> and press Enter. (Replace USERNAME, DATABASENAME, and /path/to/dump.sql with your MySQL username, the database name, and the path and file name of where you want to place the backup.) You will be prompted for your password. Type it in and press Enter. You will be returned to the command prompt when the command finishes; this should take between 30 seconds and a few minutes to complete, depending on your database size.<br /><br />
Verify that you have a dump.sql in the /path/to area you specified. If you don't, and you didn't receive any errors, double-check the path you entered is where you are looking. If you are positive you are looking where you told it to place the file, ask your host to search the server for your file, or create another backup.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="banning">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About User Banning</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=user&pageaction=&option=">Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=usertools&pageaction=&option=">User Tools</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=banning&pageaction=&option=">User Banning</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=email&pageaction=&option=">Emailing Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=accessmask&pageaction=&option=">Access Masks</a><br /><br />

<b>User Banning:</b><br />
The banning pages in the Users tab of the Admin CP allow you to ban users and view users which are currently banned.<br /><br />

You can ban users at the <i>Ban User</i> page of the Moderator Control Panel.  You are given a choice of ban length and banned usergroup to which you want to move the user.  If you want a usergroup to be used for banning then you need to enable the "This Usergroup is a 'Banned' Group" option for that group in the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>; all usergroups with this option enabled will show up as selectable banned usergroups on the Ban User page.<br /><br />

Additionally, you can view a list of currently banned users on the View Banned Users page of the Moderator Control Panel.  This page shows you all current temporary and permanent bans and gives you the option to lift any bans you choose.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="banuser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Ban User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can ban a user by username.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="banuser" opt="username">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Username</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the username of the user you want to ban.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="banuser" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Move User to Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select your banned user group.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="banuser" opt="period">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Lift Ban After...</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the length of the ban.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="banuser" opt="reason">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reason to show the user</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This text will be shown to banned users when they login or try to access a forum page.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Banned Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a list of users that are banned on your forums.  Below are the details of each ban.  You can lift a ban by clicking the "[Lift Ban]" link on the right.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="bbcode">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About BB Code</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>BB Code:</b><br />
BB Code is a special coding system, similar to HTML, where you type in tags around your text and the text is formatted. For example, typing:<br /><br />

[b]My Text[/b]<br /><br />

...would produce:<br /><br />

<b>My Text</b><br /><br />

It is a safe and easy way to allow your users to format their posts. It does not have the security risks of allowing HTML, and users cannot mess up page layouts by accidentally leaving a tag open. You as the admin control what tags are available to your users.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a new BB Code</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This screen allows you to add a new BB Code.<br /><br />

Explanations of the options on this screen are listed below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">BB Code Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The title of your BB Code tag, which will be used on the <a href="../misc.php?do=bbcode" target="_blank">BB Code user explanation screen</a>, along with all other below options except "Use Option".<br /><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="bbcodetag">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">BB Code Tag</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the text for the BB code, which goes inside the square brackets.<br />
eg. For the bold tag, you type [b] - the BB Code Tag for this is simply <b>b</b> without the brackets.<br /><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="bbcodereplacement">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">BB Code Replacement</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the HTML code that replaces the user-entered BB Code. Make sure that you include '{param}' (without the quotes) to insert the text between the opening and closing BB code tags, and '{option}' for the parameter within the BB code tag. You can only use {option} if 'Use Option' is set to yes below.<br />
eg. [b]My Text[/b] turns into <b>My Text</b>. To create that tag, enter<br />
&lt;b&gt;{param}&lt;/b&gt;<br />
If you were to create a tag like the URL tag, you would use {option}. The URL tag can be used like this:<br />
[url]http://www.example.com[/url]<br />
which turns into<br />
<a href="http://www.example.com/">http://www.example.com/</a><br />
It can alternatively be used like this:<br />
[url=http://www.example.com/]My Site[/url]<br />
which would turn into this:<br />
<a href="http://www.example.com/">My Site</a><br />
This is actually two different tags with the same code to make it easy on the end-user.<br />
To create the first tag, you would enter<br />
&lt;a href="{param}"&gt;{param}&lt;/a&gt;<br />
To create the second, you would enter<br />
&lt;a href="{option}"&gt;{param}&lt;/a&gt;<br />
If you are using options, option is what is entered <b>within</b> the tag, e.g. www.example.com in the following:<br />
[url=www.example.com]<br />
{param} is what is entered <b>between</b> tags, e.g. My Site in the following:<br />
[url=www.example.com]My Site[/url]<br />
You will always use '{param}', but you will only use '{option}' when "Use Option?" is "yes" and you need a second bit of input from the user as in the above example.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="bbcodeexample">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">BB Code Example</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a sample piece of vB code to use as an example for this particular vB code.<br />
e.g. to demonstrate the use of the [b] tag, you would enter [b]Some Text[/b].]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="bbcodeexplanation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">BB Code Explanation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is a piece of text to describe the BB code tag. This can include HTML tags if you wish.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="twoparams">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use {option}</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this option to yes will allow you to create a [tag=option][/tag] style tag, rather than just a [tag][/tag] style tag.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit" opt="buttonimage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Button Image (Optional)</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you would like this bbcode to appear as a clickable button on the message editor toolbar, enter the URL of an image 21 x 20 pixels in size that will act as the button to insert this bbcode.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing BB Codes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This screen allows you to modify the properties of an existing BB Code. The options are explained below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing/Removing BB Codes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This screen displays all of your current BB Codes, along with an example of each.<br /><br />

Across, the columns are:<br />
<b>Title</b>: The title of the BB Code.<br />
<b>BB Code</b>: The actual code that is used for the BB Code.<br />
<b>HTML</b>: The BB Code example parsed into HTML.<br />
<b>Replacement</b>: The results of displaying the HTML.<br />
<b>Button Image</b>: If you specified an image for this to appear on the toolbar it will be displayed here.<br />
<b>Controls</b>: Edit or Delete BB codes from here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="modify" opt="text">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Testing Your BB Codes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[You can test BB Codes by entering text in the "Enter text with BB Codes" box and pressing Test This Text. The BB Code will be parsed as though you were making a post so you can see how it would look or if your code is working correctly.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete BB Code</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this BB code.  Click the "Yes" button to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="calendarpermission">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Calendar Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=admincalendar&pageaction=&option=">Calendars</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=calendarpermission&pageaction=&option=">Calendar Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Calendar Permissions:</b><br />
By default, users will have the permissions for their usergroup (see the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>) for each calendar.  However, you might not want users of a particular usergroup to have access to every calendar.  In that case, vBulletin allows you to create custom permissions for a specific calendar for a specific usergroup.  This is useful in restricting certain calendars for certain usergroups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing Calendar Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you set up calendar permissions for the specific calendar and usergroup. Options are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="edit" opt="mode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use Usergroup Default/Custom Settings</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you select Use Usergroup Default, the group will be reverted to default permissions for this calendar. If you select any custom permissions and have not set this to Use Custom Settings you will be warned. If you ignore the warning and set custom permissions without setting this to Use Custom Settings, the settings will not be saved.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="edit" opt="canviewcalendar">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to No, this usergroup will not be able to see this calendar or view its' contents.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="edit" opt="canpostevent">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Post Calendar Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to No, this usergroup will not be able to post new events on this calendar.<br /><br />

Please note, the way events work has been changed from vBulletin 2.2.x. The idea of "public" and "private" events has been changed to a single event type; therefore, there is now only one option regarding posting events. Whether or not events are "public" is determined by the setting Can View Other's Events, below. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=calendarpermission&pageaction=edit&option=canviewothersevent">Can View Other's Events</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="edit" opt="caneditevent">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit Own Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users in this usergroup will not be able to edit events they have posted on this calendar. This is overridden when a user in this usergroup is a moderator of this calendar and is allowed to edit events according to his moderator permissions.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="edit" opt="candeleteevent">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Delete Own Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users from this usergroup will not be allowed to remove events they posted on this calendar. This is overridden if the user is also a moderator of this calendar and has his moderator permissions set to allow him to remove events.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="edit" opt="canviewothersevent">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Can View Others' Events]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to Yes, this usergroup will be able to view events that others have posted on this calendar. Otherwise, those events will not be visible to this group.<br /><br />
Please note, the way events work has been changed from vBulletin 2.2.x. The idea of "public" and "private" events has been changed to a single event type; therefore, there is now only one option regarding posting events. Whether or not events are "public" is determined by this setting. If it is set to Yes, events on this calendar would be "public". Otherwise they would be "private". (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=calendarpermission&pageaction=edit&option=canpostevent">Can Post Calendar Events</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="edit" opt="isnotmoderated">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Posted Events are Not Moderated</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Event moderation can be enabled for an entire calendar by editing that calendar's settings.  This permission allows you to make an exception for a specific usergroup.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Calendar Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">From here you can set custom permissions for any usergroup for a specific calendar. For each calendar you have, each usergroup is listed. If the name of the group is red, they already have custom permissions set. If the name is white, they are using default permissions. To change permissions, click Edit next to the group name you wish to change, under the calendar you wish it to apply to. </text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="cronadmin">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Scheduled Tasks</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=cronadmin&pageaction=&option=">Scheduled Tasks</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=cronlog&pageaction=&option=">Scheduled Tasks Log</a><br /><br />

<b>Scheduled Tasks:</b><br />
vBulletin's scheduled tasks system is used to perform regularly needed tasks at certain time intervals.  Scheduled tasks are basically vBulletin cron jobs.<br /><br />

One benefit of the scheduled tasks system is that common vBulletin tasks, like updating view counters and sending emails, can be queued up and performed all at once which reduces the average server load.  This can make a huge difference on high traffic forums.  You can choose to schedule common vBulletin tasks in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=server&do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a Scheduled Task</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you add a new scheduled task.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="active">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Active</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If this is set to No, the script will no longer be executed automatically though it will still be possible to use the Run Now button if required.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="description">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Description</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is the description of the scheduled task. It is only used for your information in the control panel, and can be anything you wish.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2" act="add,edit" opt="varname">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Varname</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is a short name for the task and is only used internally. It may only contain letters, numerals and the underscore character and must start with a letter.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="3" act="add,edit" opt="logphrase">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Log Phrase</title>
			<text date="1150126431" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 2">The log phrase allows you to phrase the entries that appear in the admin log. You need to call log_cron_action() with a 1 for the third parameter to invoke the phrase in the log viewer.  Otherwise the value saved in the description field will be displayed as is.  You may also save the description field in serialized form if your havemore than one replacement in your phrase.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the scheduled task. It is only used for your information in the control panel, and can be anything you wish.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="weekday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Day of the Week</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the day of the week the task should run on. Set this to * to have it not apply, or for it to run every day (if Day of the Month is set to * below). Otherwise select a specific day. Note that this will override the day of the month option, unless this is set to *.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="day">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Day of the Month</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Set this to the specific day of the month the task should run. This is overridden by the Day of the Week setting above. Set this to * to have it not apply.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="hour">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Hour</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the hour of the day the task should run. Set it to * to have it run every hour.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="minute">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minute</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the minute of the hour the task should run. Set it to * to have it run every minute (not really recommended!).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="loglevel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log Actions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, every time the scheduled task runs, a log will be made indicating that the task was run, and in certain cases, additional information will be provided (e.g. for the Birthday Email task, the usernames who were sent birthday wishes will be noted).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="filename">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filename</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the most crucial setting. Enter the path to, and filename of, the file to be run. This is in relation to your main forums directory. The default scheduled tasks are located in the directory<br />
./includes/cron/<br />
Note the . at the beginning - this indicates that the following is an absolute path from the current directory, not from the root of the server (as /includes/cron would indicate). You could also write the above as<br />
includes/cron<br />
The file to be run should not echo anything or send output to screen.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing Scheduled Tasks</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you edit an existing scheduled task.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="product">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Product</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This controls what product this task is associated with. You do not need to worry about this option unless you are planning on making an addon for vBulletin to be released.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Scheduled Tasks</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This screen provides an overview of your scheduled tasks, including when they run, their next run time, and an option to run them right now.<br /><br />

The columns across the top are:<br />
<b>m</b>: (Minute) This is the minute that a task runs. If this is an asterisk it runs every minute.<br />
<b>h</b>: (Hour) This is the hour of the day that a task runs. If this is an asterisk it runs every hour.<br />
<b>D</b>: (Date) This is the day of the month (numerically) that a task runs. If this is an asterisk it runs every day.<br />
<b>M</b>: (Month) This is the month of the year that a task runs. If this is an asterisk it runs every month.<br />
<b>DoW</b>: (Day of Week) This is the day of the week that a task runs. If this is an asterisk, it defers to the Day setting.<br />
<b>Title</b>: This is the title of the task.<br />
<b>Next Time</b>: This is the next time the task is scheduled to run. You can run it immediately using the Run Now button at the far right.<br />
<b>Controls</b>: This column contains a drop-down with Edit and Delete controls, and a Run Now button to run the task immediately.<br /><br />

At the bottom of the screen you can use the Add New Scheduled Task button to add a task.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Scheduled Task</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this scheduled task.  Click the "Yes" button to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="cronlog">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Scheduled Task Log</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=stats&pageaction=&option=">Statistics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=adminlog&pageaction=&option=">Control Panel Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=modlog&pageaction=&option=">Moderator Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=cronlog&pageaction=&option=">Scheduled Task Log</a><br /><br />

<b>Scheduled Task Log:</b><br />
The scheduled task log contains log entries for every scheduled task that has been run since you last pruned the log.  This log is useful in confirming that your scheduled tasks are running at their proper times.  Log files can also be useful sources of information when you are tracking down a problem.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="choose">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing/Pruning the Scheduled Task Log</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you select the options to view or prune your Scheduled Task Log. A log entry is generated every time a Scheduled Task runs that has been set to be logged. Options are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="choose" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing: Log entries to display per page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This determines how many log entries are displayed on each results page. Do not set this too high or your browser could crash.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="choose" opt="varname">
			<title date="1161596802" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[Viewing &amp; Pruning]]></title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[<b>Viewing: Show only entries generated by...</b><br />
If you wish to only view logs generated by a particular script, select it from the list here.<br />
<br />
<b>Pruning: Remove Entries Related to Action</b><br />
If you wish to only prune entries related to a certain script, select it from this list.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="choose" opt="orderby">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing: Order Log Entries By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select how you wish to order your results. Choices are Date and Action.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="choose" opt="daysprune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Pruning: Remove Entries Older than Days</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select how many days old log entries must be before they will be deleted and enter that number here. The default is 30.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="prunelog">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Pruning Scheduled Task Logs</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you are prompted to confirm your choice to prune the Scheduled Task logs. The total number of entries that will be deleted is shown.<br /><br />

If no entries match your pruning criteria, you will be shown an error message.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="view">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing Scheduled Task Log Search Results</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you are shown the results of your search of the Scheduled Task Log. At the top you are told the page you are on, the total number of pages of results, and the total number of results.<br /><br />

The Result column displays extended information about each entry, if available.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="css">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Common Templates, StyleVars, and CSS</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=template&pageaction=&option=">Styles & Templates</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=css&pageaction=&option=">Common Templates, StyleVars, and CSS</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=replacement&pageaction=&option=">Replacement Variables</a><br /><br />

<b>Common Templates:</b><br />
The header, headinclude, and footer templates are considered common templates because they are included / parsed on every forum page.<br /><br />

The header, headinclude, and footer templates are respectively represented in the templates by the $header, $headinclude, and $footer variables.  The parsed contents of these three templates are substituted in for these variables when a forum page is loaded.<br /><br />

The header template contains the HTML code that makes up the top portion of your forum layout, including the title image and openning table code for the content table in which your forum content is displayed.<br /><br />

The contents of the headinclude template are inserted within the &lt;head&gt;&lt;/head&gt; tags on each forum page. Meta tags, style sheets, scripts, etc are added here.<br /><br />

The footer template contains the HTML code that makes up the bottom portion of your forum layout, including the closing table tags for the content table in which your forum content is displayed and the vBulletin copyright notice.<br /><br />

<b>StyleVars:</b><br />
The StyleVars on this page include the "Size and Dimensions", "Image Paths", and "Miscellaneous" tables below.  These settings control various style related aspects of your forum pages.  These stylevars are represented in the templates as:<br /><br />

<i>$stylevar[var_name]</i><br /><br />

These stylevar variables are parsed into their corresponding values when a forum page is loaded.  By representing commonly used stylevars as variables in the templates it is very easy to change them - just edit their values on this page and the changes will take effect for all forum pages.<br /><br />

<b>CSS:</b><br />
vBulletin uses CSS classes for its various page elements.  These page elements all call on the various CSS classes defined here.  Therefore, you can change the attributes of all page elements that use a CSS class by editing the class on this page.  A good site to learn CSS is <a href="http://www.w3.org/" target="_blank">w3.org</a>.<br /><br />

Note that several CSS attributes are color fields which use standard HTML color codes.  You can click on the color box to the right to pull up the color picker window where you can visually pick a color by clicking on it.  vBulletin will automatically insert the corresponding color code for the color you pick.  The small button to the left of the close box allows you to switch color palettes for more choices.  The dotted box on the top left represents no color (transparent).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="doedit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing the Images, Fonts and other Style Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you can edit a large number of style options relating to your forums display. Each style can have its' own set of CSS and images by customizing the items on this screen.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="doedit" opt="header">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Header</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The header template contains the HTML code that makes up the top portion of your forum layout, including the title image and openning table code for the content table.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="doedit" opt="headinclude">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Headinclude</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The contents of the headinclude template are inserted within the &lt;head&gt;&lt;/head&gt; tags on each forum page.  Meta tags, style sheets, scripts, etc are added here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="doedit" opt="footer">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Footer</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The footer template contains the HTML code that makes up the bottom of your forum layout, including the closing tags for the content table and everything below it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="doedit" opt="outertablewidth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Main Table Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Specify a pixel size or percentage.<br /><br />

For example, if you want your forum content to always fill the entire browser window regardless of window size / screen resolution then you would set this to <b>100%</b>.  On the other hand, if you want your forum content to exist within a fixed box then you would enter a pixel value here... for example, <b>800</b> or a little less is optimal for 800x600 resolution.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="doedit" opt="spacersize">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Spacer Size</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On your <a href="../{$vbulletin->options[forumhome]}.php" target="_blank">forumhome</a> page, for example, you will notice there is a gap between the boxes that contain your forums and the outside border of your forum layout.  This setting controls how large that gap is.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="doedit" opt="outerborderwidth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Outer Border Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the width of the main border that contains all tables on a page. This setting is not used in vB3 unless it was imported from a vB2 template.<br /><br />

An example of a table cell is one of the boxes on your <a href="../{$vbulletin->options[forumhome]}.php" target="_blank">forumhome</a> page that contains a linked forum name and its description.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="doedit" opt="cellspacing">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Inner Border Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the cellspacing attribute of your forum tables.  The larger this number, the farther apart vBulletin's table cells will be from eachother.<br /><br />

An example of a table cell is one of the boxes on your <a href="../{$vbulletin->options[forumhome]}.php" target="_blank">forumhome</a> page that contains a linked forum name and its description.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="doedit" opt="cellpadding">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Table Cell Padding</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the cellpadding attribute of your forum tables.  This setting determines how big a table cell is around its content.<br /><br />

An example of a table cell is one of the boxes on your <a href="../{$vbulletin->options[forumhome]}.php" target="_blank">forumhome</a> page that contains a linked forum name and its description.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="doedit" opt="formspacer">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Form Element Spacer Size</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting controls the spacing of different elements in a form.  A good example of a form with lots of elements that can be spaced is the form in the "Additional Options" table on new thread / reply posting pages.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="doedit" opt="formwidth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Form Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting controls the width of most of vBulletin's forms.  Examples of forms that are affected by this setting include poll voting forms and the form in the "Additional Options" table on posting pages.<br /><br />

Enter a number of pixels followed by a "px" (e.g., <b>640px</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="doedit" opt="formwidth_usercp">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Control Panel Form Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to set the width of forms in the User CP.  A good example of a page with forms which this setting affects is the <a href="../profile.php?do=editprofile" target="_blank">Edit Profile</a> page.<br /><br />

Enter a number of pixels followed by a "px" (e.g., <b>480px</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="doedit" opt="messagewidth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Message Area Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to set the width of the text box used for all message posting in vBulletin.  An example of such a text box is on the new thread / reply posting pages.<br /><br />

Enter a number of pixels followed by a "px" (e.g., <b>540px</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="doedit" opt="messagewidth_usercp">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Control Panel Message Area Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to set the width of the message area in user control panel.  The <a href="../private.php?do=newpm" target="_blank">Send New Private Message</a> form, for example (if you have the PM feature enabled).<br /><br />

Enter a number of pixels followed by a "px" (e.g., <b>380px</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="doedit" opt="codeblockwidth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Code Block Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to set the width of code blocks in messages.  This should be set to a width that will not stretch your forum layout.  To see an example of a code block you can post a new thread on your forums and put this in the message: [code]test[/code].<br /><br />

Enter a number of pixels followed by a "px" (e.g., <b>640px</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="doedit" opt="titleimage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title Image</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a file name complete with a path that is relative to your forum directory.<br /><br />

For example, if your title image is named titleimage.gif and you upload it to the images directory in your forum directory, then you would enter this: images/titleimage.gif]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_button">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Button Images Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The button images folder contains images like the "New Thread" and "Post Reply" images.  Because these images contain language-specific text you can override this setting in the language manager.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/buttons</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_statusicon">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Item Status Icon Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This folder contains all the icons representing the status of forums, threads, posts etc.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/statusicon</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_attach">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachment Icons Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Attachment icons are used to identify different types of attached files.  The names of these images use the file type they are representing.  For example, the image for zip files is named zip.gif and is uploaded to the attachment icon folder.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/attach</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_misc">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Miscellaneous Images Folder</title>
			<text date="1148680118" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The miscellaneous images folder contains miscellaneous images.  Examples include the instant messenger icons and the vb_bullet.gif icon.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/misc</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_editor">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text Editor Controls Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The text editor controls folder contains the small shortcut images used in the vBulletin text editors (like the WYSIWYG text editor).<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/editor</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="230" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_poll">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Poll Images Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The poll images folder contains the images that are used to build the colored bars in poll results.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/polls</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_rating">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Ratings Images Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The ratings images folder contains the star images used for thread ratings.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/rating</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="doedit" opt="htmldoctype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">HTML Doctype</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The &lt;!DOCTYPE&gt; declaration is the very first thing in your document, before the &lt;html&gt; tag. This tag tells the browser which HTML or XHTML specification the document uses.<br /><br />At  this time, vBulletin 3 defaults to the XHTML Transitional DTD of:<br /><br />&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"&gt;]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_reputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Images Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The reputation images folder contains the little colored dot images that are used to display a user's reputation.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/reputation</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="diagnostic">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Diagnostics</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=backup&pageaction=&option=">Database Backup</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=repair&pageaction=&option=">Repair / Optimize</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=misc&pageaction=&option=">Update Counters</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=diagnostic&pageaction=&option=">Diagnostics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=queries&pageaction=&option=">Execute SQL Query</a><br /><br />

<b>Diagnostics:</b><br />
The diagnostics page contains several diagnostics that are useful for troubleshooting problems with your forums.<br /><br />

The "Upload" diagnostic tests file uploading functionality on your server.  If your server isn't configured correctly for file uploads then several vBulletin features will not work including custom avatar uploads and post attachments.<br /><br />

The "Email" diagnostic will send a test email to the address you specify.  If you receive the test email then PHP and your mail server are configured correctly.  Otherwise they are not configured correctly and you need to contact your host.  Without email functionality you will not be able to use any email features on your forums including email verification on registration and "send to friend."<br /><br />

The "Suspect File Versions" diagnostic checks the version of every PHP file in your forum directory and tells you which ones are for different versions of vBulletin than the one you are running.  Running files that are not meant for your version of vBulletin can cause any number of problems.  If any files are for different versions then you should upload the originals from the vBulletin zip file for the version you are running.<br /><br />

The "System Information" diagnostics report on your MySQL configuration and the status of your database.  vBulletin team members may ask you to give them the output of these reports to help them troubleshoot problems with your server and forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="domail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email Settings Test</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the results of your Email Settings test. If any errors occurred during the test, they will be listed, along with the values of several pertinent settings.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="dosysinfo">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">System Information Results</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you are shown the results of your system information inquiry.<br /><br />

The various types of information you can be shown is described below:<br />
<b>MySQL Variables</b> is a list of the MySQL variables that are set. Please visit the following pages for more information on MySQL variables and their meanings: <a href="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/SHOW_VARIABLES.html">MySQL Variables</a>, <a href="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Server_parameters.html" target="_blank">Tuning Server Parameters</a>.<br />
<b>MySQL Status</b> shows the status of many things related to the MySQL server. For more information on the items listed on this page, visit <a href="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/SHOW_STATUS.html" target="_blank">MySQL Status</a>.<br />
<b>Table Status</b>: If you are running MySQL 3.23 or higher, you can also view this page of information. The following link provides more information about the information displayed on this page: <a href="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/SHOW_TABLE_STATUS.html" target="_blank">MySQL Table Status</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="doupload">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Upload Settings Results</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you are shown the results of the Upload Settings test. The relevant PHP settings are listed, and if there are any errors they will be listed.<br /><br />

For more information on the various PHP settings, please visit the following links:<br />
<a href="http://www.php.net/manual/en/configuration.php#ini.file-uploads" target="_blank">file_uploads</a><br />
<a href="http://www.php.net/manual/en/configuration.php#ini.open-basedir" target="_blank">open_basedir</a><br />
<a href="http://www.php.net/manual/en/configuration.php#ini.safe-mode" target="_blank">safe_mode</a><br />
<a href="http://www.php.net/manual/en/configuration.php#ini.upload-tmp-dir" target="_blank">upload_tmp_dir</a><br />
<a href="http://www.php.net/manual/en/configuration.php#ini.upload-max-filesize" target="_blank">upload_max_filesize</a><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="doversion">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Suspect File Versions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">All files listed below are suspected to be for different versions of vBulletin than the version you are running.  You should overwrite the files listed below with the original files from the vBulletin zip file for your version.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="list">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Running Diagnostic Tests</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this page you can run several diagnostics to try and troubleshoot file uploading and email distribution. Additionally you can view three different sets of system information. More information is available below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="list" opt="type">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View...</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[For this section, select from one of three sets of information to view: Table Status (if you are running MySQL 3.23 or higher), MySQL Status, and MySQL Variables. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=diagnostic&pageaction=dosysinfo">System Information Results</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="list" opt="emailaddress">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">In this test, you must enter a valid email address to send a test email to. After you do so and click Submit, vBulletin will attempt to email the address and will show the results, noting errors, if any, that occurred.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="list" opt="attachfile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filename</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For this test, you need to select a file to upload to the server. This file will be removed immediately after the test is completed and it will not be stored on the server for more than about 1/2 second. After you select a file, press the Submit button to run the test.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="payments">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Test Communication</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page tests your active payment processors to make sure they are working with the parameters you have set in the <a href="subscriptions.php?do=api" target="_blank">Payment API Manager</a>.  If anything below fails, then that means the corresponding payment processor is not currently working with your forum - that means you either set the wrong parameters for that processor or something is wrong with the processor itself.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="email">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Emailing Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=user&pageaction=&option=">Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=usertools&pageaction=&option=">User Tools</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=banning&pageaction=&option=">User Banning</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=email&pageaction=&option=">Emailing Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=accessmask&pageaction=&option=">Access Masks</a><br /><br />

<b>Emailing Users:</b><br />
The email pages in the Users tab of the Admin CP allow you to send mass emails and generate mailing lists based on the same search criteria you use to search for users on the <a href="user.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Search for Users</a> page.<br /><br />

You can email users on the <a href="email.php?do=start" target="_blank">Send Email to Users</a> page and you can generate a mailing list of email addresses on the <a href="email.php?do=genlist" target="_blank">Generate Mailing List</a> page.  Both pages use the same search criteria.  vBulletin emails / includes in the mailing list only users whose profiles match the search criteria you specify.  One obvious application of these email features is to send out mass emails notifying your members of updates to your forums.  Other applications include sending warning emails to inactive users before you prune their accounts or otherwise deal with them.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="genlist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Generating a List of User Emails</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[From here, you select criteria to produce a list of user email addresses. This list can then be used in another program, such as Outlook, to email your users. The criteria are described below.<br /><br />
Keep in mind all criteria are cumulative; that is, if you enter a username string to match and select a usergroup, users that match the username string AND are in the selected group will be found, but those that match only one of the above will not.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="genlist" opt="septext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text To Separate Addresses By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the character or text that addresses should be separated by. What this needs to be is dependant on what program you will be feeding these addresses to. This is a space by default, but you may wish to produce, for example, CSV (in this case use a comma) or quoted CSV (use: "," in this case, including the quotes). In most email programs, a comma or semi-colon followed by a space is needed. Your needs may differ, however. To make each address be on a new line, press Enter in the text box.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="genlist,start" opt="username">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Name Contains</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The usernames of those who will be emailed must contain the phrase entered in this box. By "phrase", we mean a string of characters. They do not have to make a word but they must be exactly how they appear in the user(s) name(s).<br /><br />
For example, the string <i>exam</i> would match <i>example</i>, <i>anexample</i>, and <i>theexam</i>, but not <i>exsiam</i>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="genlist,start" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Usergroup Is</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Users must be in the specified group to be emailed if you select a usergroup here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="genlist,start" opt="membergroup">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Also Belongs to Usergroups</title>
			<text date="1158055699" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[If the users to be emailed should belong to any other usergroups, check them off here.<br />
<br />
Users must belong to all groups that are selected!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="105" act="genlist,start" opt="adminemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Include users that have declined admin emails?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option will send emails to users who have chosen not to receive emails.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="genlist,start" opt="email">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email Contains</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user's email address must contain the string entered here. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="genlist,start" opt="parentemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Parent's Email Contains]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If the user(s) you are looking for are of the COPPA variety, they will have had to enter their parent's email for verification. If this is the case, enter the string to find in their parent's email address here. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="genlist,start" opt="coppauser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Is COPPA User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, the user(s) found will all be COPPA users; that is, under 13. Set this to No to not find COPPA users, or leave it blank to find both.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="genlist,start" opt="homepage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Homepage Contains</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's homepage must contain. Users without a homepage URL entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="genlist,start" opt="icq">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">ICQ Number Contains</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Since ICQ Numbers naturally contain only numbers, you must enter a string of number(s) here. Users without an ICQ number entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="genlist,start" opt="aim">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">AIM Handle Contains</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the string of characters the user's AIM handle, or screen name, must contain. Users without an AIM screen name are automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="genlist,start" opt="yahoo">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Yahoo Messenger Handle Contains</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's Yahoo Messenger Handle must contain. Users without a Yahoo Messenger Handle entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="175" act="genlist,start" opt="msn">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">MSN ID</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's MSN ID must contain. Users without a MSN ID entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search.  See <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="genlist,start" opt="signature">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Signature Contains</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's signature must contain. Users without a signature will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="genlist,start" opt="usertitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Title Contains</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the text that the user's title must contain. This is applicable even if you don't allow custom user titles, since the user title of every user is stored with their username, so default group titles would be searched as well. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="genlist,start" opt="joindateafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Join Date is After</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the date the user must have joined after to be found. The format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This can work in conjunction with the Join Date is Before criteria to create a finite range of join dates. Keep in mind that if you use them together, that this date must be BEFORE the Join Date is Before date, or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=joindatebefore">Join Date is Before</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="genlist,start" opt="joindatebefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Join Date is Before</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user must have joined before this date to be found. The format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This can work in conjunction with the Join Date is After criteria to create a finite range of join dates. Keep in mind that if you use them together, this date must be AFTER the Join Date is After date, or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=joindateafter">Join Date is After</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="213" act="genlist,start" opt="lastactivityafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Activity is After</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user must have loaded a forum page after this date if they are to be found. The format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This can work in conjunction with the "Last Activity is Before" criteria to create a range of active dates.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="217" act="genlist,start" opt="lastactivitybefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Activity is Before</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user must have loaded a forum page before this date if they are to be found. The format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This can work in conjunction with the "Last Activity is After" criteria to create a range of active dates.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="genlist,start" opt="lastvisitafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Visit is After</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the date and time the user must have visited after to be found. The date and time format is yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss; for example, 2002-08-30 10:15:00 will find all users who visited after August 30, 2002 at 10:15:00 AM. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Last Visit is Before criteria to create a finite range of last visit dates. Keep in mind that if you use both, this date and time must be BEFORE the Last Visit is Before date and time or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=lastvisitbefore">Last Visit is Before</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="230" act="genlist,start" opt="lastvisitbefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Visit is Before</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user's most recent visit must have been before this date and time to be found. The date and time format is yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss; for example, 2002-08-30 10:15:00 would find users who last visited before August 30, 2002 at 10:15:00 AM. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Last Visit is After criteria to create a finite range of last visit dates. Keep in mind that if you use both, this date and time must be AFTER the Last Visit is After date and time or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=lastvisitafter">Last Visit is After</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="genlist,start" opt="lastpostafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Post is After</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user's most recent post must have been made after this date and time to be found. The date and time format is yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss; for example, 2002-08-30 15:02:12 would find all users who last posted after August 30, 2002 at 3:02:12 PM. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Last Post is Before criteria to create a finite range of last post dates. Keep in mind that if you use both, this date and time must be BEFORE the Last Post is Before date and time or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=lastpostbefore">Last Post is Before</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="genlist,start" opt="lastpostbefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Post is Before</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user's last post must be before this date and time for the user to be found. The date and time format is yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss; for example, 2002-08-30 20:22:02 would find all users who last posted before August 30, 2002 at 8:22:02 PM. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Last Post is After criteria to create a finite range of last post dates. Keep in mind that if you do use both, this date and time must be AFTER the Last Post is After date and time or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=lastpostafter">Last Post is After</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="260" act="genlist,start" opt="birthdayafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthday is After</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the date that the user's birthday must be after to be found. The date format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. Users without a birthday entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Birthday is Before criteria to create a finite range of birthday dates. Keep in mind that if you use both, this date must be BEFORE the Birthday is Before date or it will not find any users! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=birthdaybefore">Birthday is Before</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="270" act="genlist,start" opt="birthdaybefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthday is Before</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the date the user's birthday must be before to be found. The date format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Birthday is After criteria to create a finite range of birthday dates. Keep in mind that if you use them together, this date must be AFTER the Birthday is After criteria or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=birthdayafter">Birthday is After</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="280" act="genlist,start" opt="postslower">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Posts is Greater Than or Equal To</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user must have at least this many posts to be found. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Number of Posts is Less Than criteria. Keep in mind that if you use both, this number must be LESS than the Number of Posts is Less Than number for any users to be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=postsupper">Number of Posts is Less Than</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="290" act="genlist,start" opt="postsupper">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Posts is Less Than</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user must have less than this number of posts in order to be found. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Number of Posts is Greater Than or Equal To criteria. Keep in mind that if you do use both, this number must be MORE than the Number of Posts is Greater Than number for any users to be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=postslower">Number of Posts is Greater Than or Equal To</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="300" act="genlist,start" opt="reputationlower">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation is Greater Than or Equal To</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user must have at least this number of reputation points in order to be found. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Reputation is Less Than criteria to create a finite range of reputation points to be found. Keep in mind that if you do use both, this number must be LESS than the Reputation is Less Than number or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=reputationupper">Reputation is Less Than</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="310" act="genlist,start" opt="reputationupper">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation is Less Than</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The user must have less than this many reputation points to be found. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Reputation is Greater Than or Equal To criteria to create a finite range of reputation points to find. Keep in mind that if you do use both, this number must be MORE than the Reputation is Greater Than number or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=email&pageaction=genlist&option=reputationlower">Reputation is Greater Than or Equal To</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="320" act="genlist,start" opt="ipaddress">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">IP Address Contains</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter a number in this field to search by IP address. It can be a full IP address (such as 24.23.120.15) or a partial (such as 24.23.120). In the case of a partial, it would match users with any number(s) for the last block.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="start">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Mass Emailing Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you select criteria to determine who your email is sent to. These criteria are described below.<br /><br />
Keep in mind all criteria are cumulative; that is, if you enter a username string to match and select a usergroup, users that match the username string AND are in the selected group will be found, but those that match only one of the above will not.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="start" opt="test">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Just a Test</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, no one will actually be emailed, but vBulletin will proceed as if they were, showing you who would be sent an email.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="start" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Messages to Send at Once</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the number of messages to be sent in a batch. Unless you run your own server, it is recommended this is set to 100 or less. Even if you do run your own server, unless it is not very busy, you should keep this relatively low.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="start" opt="from">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">From</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the address that the email is to be from. The email address set as the webmaster's address is pre-filled in, but you can enter any address you wish here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="start" opt="subject">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Subject</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the subject line of the email here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="start" opt="message">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Message</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the message to be sent to your users. Within the message, you may use the following special words, or variables, that will be replaced with the correct information for each user when the email is sent.<br />
<b>$userid</b>: This is the user's userid. Normally this won't mean much to a user, but if you are, for example, sending an email telling users what their referrer link is, you would need to include the userid like this:<br />
www.mysite.com/myvb/index.php?refererid=$userid<br />
which would then give the user credit if another user follows that link and registers.<br />
<b>$activateid</b> and <b>$activatelink</b> are only applicable if you have Email Verification turned on and the user has not verified their address yet. $activatelink is the link that the user needs to visit to activate their account. $activateid would be used if you are manually typing out that link, otherwise it is of no use.<br />
<b>$username</b>: If you want to personalize the email, or remind the user what their username is, use this variable.<br />
<b>$email</b>: This is the email address on file for the user. It is useful if you wish to include a line to the effect of<br />
This email was sent to $emailaddress which was used to register an account at the vBulletin Community Forums.<br />
Please note you <b>can not</b> send passwords in emails because they are now encrypted in the database. You can, if you wish, direct users to the Lost Password page which is located at<br />
http://www.yoursite.com/yourvb/login.php?do=lostpw]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="faq">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About FAQs</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>FAQs:</b><br />
The vBulletin FAQ system allows you to create infinitely nestable sets of entries, or questions, and additionally allows end-users to search the FAQs.  FAQs are typically a collection of Frequently Asked Questions, while vBulletin's FAQ system is something of a FAQ / Knowledge Base hybrid because of its searchability.<br /><br />

vBulletin ships with a number of default sets and entries that are focused on using vBulletin from the end-user's perspective.  You may wish to add additional FAQs that answer questions about your specific forum configuration - forum permissions for example.<br /><br />

The FAQ system also supports multiple languages.  Each FAQ entry can have a translation for each language in the <a href="language.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Language Manager</a>.  When a user loads a FAQ page vBulletin will display it's FAQ entries in the language in which the current logged in user is viewing your forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add" opt="product">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Product</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This controls what product this FAQ is associated with. You do not need to worry about this option unless you are planning on making an addon for vBulletin to be released.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding FAQ Entries and Sets</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen, you add a new FAQ entry or set. The options are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="5" act="add" opt="faq">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Short Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is a short name for the faq and is only used internally. It may only contain letters, numerals and the underscore character and must start with a letter.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="faqparent">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Parent FAQ Item</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Any entry or set in the FAQ can be the parent for another item. Set the parent of this item here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="deftitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the title of the entry or set.<br /><br />

For entries, it can also be thought of as the "Question", which the "Text" answers. It does not have to be unique, but should be unique to this set of entries to minimize confusion.<br /><br />

For sets, it should be descriptive of what kind of questions are in the set.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="deftext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the "answer" to the "question" (aka Title) of the entry. It should be viewed as a template in that you must use HTML for formatting such as line breaks.

If this is a set, this is the description of the set.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This determines the order in which entries for a particular set are displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Languages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The Title and Text options above are the "default" text for this set or entry. If you have additional languages setup on your forum, you can enter a translation for the Title and Text for each language you have installed. This is optional. If nothing is entered, the default above will be used.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="delete">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete FAQ</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this FAQ.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.<br /><br />

Any children of this FAQ will be deleted as well.  This action cannot be undone!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing FAQ Entries and Sets</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This screen allows you to modify each option for the selected FAQ entry or set. Options are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">FAQ Administration</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[To view the existing FAQ sets, select Modify under FAQ Sets & Entries from the left navigation bar.<br /><br />

You start at the top level of the FAQ. At the very top it says "FAQ" - this will expand to become a navigation bar as you drill down into the FAQ levels. Below this is a list of the top two levels of your FAQ structure. To view lower levels, click the parent of the level you wish to view. For example, under vBulletin FAQ, click User Maintenance to view all entries associated with that topic, and child sets (if any). Or, click vBulletin FAQ to view the entries associated with all three children of vBulletin FAQ.<br /><br />

You can edit a set's or entry's properties from here by clicking edit across from the item name. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=faq&pageaction=edit">Editing FAQ Entries and Sets</a>)<br /><br />

You can add additional sets or sub-sets. To do so, click Add in the left nav bar, or click Add Child across from the item you wish to add an item under. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=faq&pageaction=add">Adding FAQ Entries and Sets</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="forum">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=forum&pageaction=&option=">Forums</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=forumpermission&pageaction=&option=">Forum Permissions</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=moderator&pageaction=&option=">Moderators</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=resources&pageaction=&option=">Viewing Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Forums:</b><br />
There are two kinds of forums, a forum and a category.  Forums can allow new threads and posts while categories cannot.  Categories are used to group forums by topic.  Forums of related topics are typically created as children of a parent category to group them by topic.<br /><br />

When adding / editing a forum there is an option called "Act as Forum".  When this option is set to "Yes" the forum will act as a forum.  When this option is set to "No" the forum will act as a category.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Options on this page are listed below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the new forum. You may use HTML in this, but be aware this will also be used as the title of the page. Since HTML formatting is not valid in the title of a page, it will be shown as plain text, and will look odd.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="description">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This description is shown under the forum name on your forums home page, and on the forums listing page (forumdisplay.php).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="link">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Link to other page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enter a URL in this box, the forum will not be a real forum. Instead it will simply be a link to the URL you enter.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This determines the order in which forums are displayed anywhere they are listed. If you set this to 0, the forum will not be displayed to end-users anywhere unless the user manually types in the URL to access it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="parentid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Parent Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you want this to be a subforum of another forum, select that forum from this list. If not, select (No One).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="daysprune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default View Age</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This determines how many days worth of threads are shown on forumdisplay. The value chosen here will be used by guests as well as forum members that leave this option set to "Forum Default" in their settings. Users can also change this temporarily by using the controls at the bottom of forumdisplay.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="72" act="add,edit" opt="defaultsortfield">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Default Sort Field</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls the field that threads are sorted using by default. Users may still selectively override this setting and resort using the controls at the bottom of the thread list.<br />
<br />
Note that to select sorting by thread rating, ratings must be enabled for this forum. If they are not, the forum will be sorted by last post.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="73" act="add,edit" opt="defaultsortorder">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Default Sort Order</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This controls the order that threads are shown in by default. Users may still selectively override this setting and resort using the controls at the bottom of the thread list.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="75" act="add,edit" opt="showprivate">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Show Private Forum</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Select 'No' here will hide this forum from users who are not allowed to access it. Users who do have permission to access them will have to log in before they can see these forums too.<br />
<br />
Either of the yes options will allow users to see this forum if they don't have access to it. The ability to see the forum's post count is controlled by the two yes options. If the forum is passworded, it is treated as a private forum until the user enters the valid password.<br />
<br />
Setting this option to 'Use Default' will use the setting in Forum Display Listings Options for this forum.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit" opt="newpostemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email addresses to notify when there is a new post</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the email address(es) of anyone who should be notified when a new post is made in this forum. Separate multiple addresses with a space. It is suggested that you do not enter moderators' email addresses here - you can select whether or not a moderator receives email notifications when adding that moderator.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit" opt="newthreademail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email addresses to notify when there is a new thread</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the email address(es) of anyone who should be notified when a new thread is made in this forum. Separate multiple addresses with a space. It is suggested that you do not enter moderators' email addresses here - you can select whether or not a moderator receives email notifications when adding that moderator. If you add a user's email address to both the "Post" and "Thread" email notifications, that person will receive two emails when a new thread is started.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="add,edit" opt="moderatenewpost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderate Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this option is enabled, then posts will not show up in this forum until a moderator approves them.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="101" act="add,edit" opt="forum[options][moderatene" />
		<helptopic disp="105" act="add,edit" opt="moderatenewthread">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread Moderation Queue</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Determines whether threads will require a moderator to approve them before being displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="add,edit" opt="moderateattach">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachment Queue</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Determines whether new attachments will require a moderator to approve them before being displayed. If you have this set to Yes and Moderator Queue set to No, until the attachment is approved the post will be displayed with a message indicating that the attachment has successfully been posted but requires moderation.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit" opt="styleid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Custom Style for this Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can select which style to use for this forum. This will override the Default forum style if selected.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="add,edit" opt="styleoverride">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Override Users Custom Styles</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Selecting this will force the custom style you selected above to be used instead of the style a user has chosen to browse with.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="add,edit" opt="password">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Password to Access</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you set a password, a user will be required to enter that password before being allowed to enter this forum. The user must have cookies turned on to enter a password-protected forum. This password will be inherited by subforums unless those subforums have Can Have Password set to No. If a user knows the password but is in a usergroup that is not allowed to access that forum, the user will <i>not</i> be allowed to access it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="add,edit" opt="canhavepassword">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Have Password</title>
			<text date="1147897987" username="Martin" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If you set this to Yes, moderators will be able to set a password for this forum (even if you have given them the ability to do so in general). You as the administrator can still manually set a password for this forum, but unless you do so, if this option is set to Yes, it will not be password-protected even if parent forums are.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="add,edit" opt="cancontainthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Act as Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you set this to No, this forum will act as a category (that is, a non-posting forum that only exists to group other forums).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="add,edit" opt="active">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Is Active</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is equivalent to setting Display Order to 0, in that the forum will not be displayed anywhere but can still be accessed by typing in the URL manually.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="add,edit" opt="allowposting">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Open for New Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows you to create a forum that acts as an archive - no one will be allowed to post to it, but you can still move threads into it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="add,edit" opt="indexposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">New Posts are Indexed by Search Engine</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to No, posts made in this forum from this point on will <i>not</i> be indexed by the search engine. Such posts will not able to be searched for. This is desirable if you have a "Testing" type forum, or a forum that is chit-chat that you don't want indexed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="add,edit" opt="allowhtml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow HTML Code in posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This allows users to use HTML while posting. It is <b>strongly recommended</b> that you DO NOT turn this on as it can severely compromise security and/or severely mess up layout if users insert malformed HTML. Even if you set this to Yes, users still cannot use certain tags, including javascript: and about:.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="230" act="add,edit" opt="allowbbcode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow vB Code in posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This will allow users to use vB Code in their posts. Setting this to Yes will not allow users to use the IMG code unless the below option is set to Yes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="add,edit" opt="allowimages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow BB IMG Code in posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows users to display images inline on the showthread page. If you set this to No, a link to the image will be displayed instead of showing the actual image.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="add,edit" opt="allowsmilies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Smilies in posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Setting this to Yes will allow your users to type things such as :) and :( and have them automatically turned into the corresponding image.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="260" act="add,edit" opt="allowicons">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Icons for posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Setting this to Yes will allow users to select one icon for each post. This icon is displayed next to the title (if any) of each post and is also displayed on forumdisplay next to the thread title if an icon is set for the first post in a thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="270" act="add,edit" opt="allowratings">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Thread Ratings in this Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Setting this to Yes will allow your users to rate threads in this forum. They can rate them either at the bottom of showthread or while replying to a thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="280" act="add,edit" opt="countposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Count posts made in this forum towards user post counts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to No, posts made in this forum will not be added to users' post counts (which are displayed on showthread).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="290" act="add,edit" opt="showonforumjump">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show On Forum Jump</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enable this option to show this forum and its children on the forum jump menu.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Editing a Forum's Settings]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you edit an existing forum. Options and properties are described below.<br /><br />

If you change any of the posting options at the bottom of this page then you should <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">rebuild your post cache</a> to update the existing posts in this forum.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="edit" opt="applypwdtochild">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Apply this password to Child Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you set this to Yes and change or add a password, the password will apply to all child forums of this forum. This <b>will not</b> have any effect if you do not change the existing password or add a new one.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On the Modify Forums screen you will see a list of every forum you have, including any which are hidden from end-users. On this screen, you can set the Display Order (make sure to click Update Display Order to save your changes).<br /><br />

Under the Forum Controls, across from each forum title, are the following options:<br />
<b>Edit</b>: Lets you modify forum settings. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=forum.php&pageaction=edit">Editing Forums</a>)<br /><br />

<b>Remove</b>: Deletes the forum, any subforums, and posts in the forum and any subforums. This action <b>cannot</b> be undone, so it is <i>highly</i> recommended that you make a backup of your database before doing this.<br /><br />

<b>Add Sub-forum</b>: This allows you to add a forum that will be a child of the forum you select this for. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=forum.php&pageaction=add">Adding Forums</a>)<br /><br />

<b>Add Moderator</b>: Lets you add a moderator to this forum. Moderators moderate the selected forum and any subforums of that forum. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=moderator.php&pageaction=add">Adding Moderators</a>)<br /><br />

<b>Add Announcement</b>: Allows you to add an announcement to this forum. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=announcement.php&pageaction=add">Adding Announcements</a>)<br /><br />

<b>Move Contents</b>: You can quickly move all the posts from the selected forum into another forum.<br /><br />

<b>Empty Forum</b>: Selecting this will (after confirmation) remove all the threads in a forum.<br /><br />

In the next column is Display Order. This determines what order forums are displayed in anyplace they are shown, including in the Admin CP. Setting this to 0 for a forum will make the forum not show anywhere to the end-user, but it can still be accessed if the user types in the direct URL to the forum. Be sure to select Update Display Order if you have changed any of them.<br /><br />

The last dropdown shows how many moderators you already have in each forum. If you have any, they will be listed. You can modify a moderator's permissions by selecting their name from this drop-down and pressing Go.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="ownername">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Owner Name</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This name will be used to contact the owner of the podcast for communication specifically about their podcast.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="subtitle">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Subtitle</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">The contents of this tag are shown in the Description column in iTunes. The subtitle displays best if it is only a few words long. If this is left blank, the Summary will be used.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="author">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Media Author</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is shown in the Artist column in iTunes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="summary">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Summary</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The contents of this tag are shown in a separate iTunes window that appears when the “circled i" in the Description column is clicked. It also appears on the iTunes page for your podcast. This field can be up to 4000 characters. If this field is left blank, your forum description will be used.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="explicit">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Explicit</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is used to indicate whether or not your podcast contains explicit material.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="owneremail">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Owner Email</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This email address will be used to contact the owner of the podcast for communication specifically about their podcast.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="categoryid">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Category</title>
			<text date="1153512128" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 3">Category is a required field for adding your podcast to iTunes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="keywords">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Keywords</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This tag allows users to search on text keywords within iTunes. Use commas to separate keywords.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="image">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Image URL</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This tag specifies the artwork for your podcast. iTunes prefers square .jpg or .png images that are at least 300 x 300 pixels.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="enabled">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Enable</title>
			<text date="1153746125" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 3">This options enables the output of iTunes specific tags.   Podcasts will still work in iTunes without the information contained on this page but they can not be added to iTunes for others to find.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this forum.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.<br /><br />

Deleting this forum will also delete all thread and posts in it as well its subforums and their threads and posts.  If you want to save the threads and posts in this forum and its subforums then you should <a href="thread.php?do=move" target="_blank">move</a> them first.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="forumpermission">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Forum Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=forum&pageaction=&option=">Forums</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=forumpermission&pageaction=&option=">Forum Permissions</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=moderator&pageaction=&option=">Moderators</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=resources&pageaction=&option=">Viewing Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Forum Permissions:</b><br />
By default, users will have the permissions for their usergroup (see the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>) in each forum.  However, you might not want users of a particular usergroup to have access to every forum.  In that case, vBulletin allows you to create custom permissions for a specific forum for a specific usergroup.  This is useful in restricting certain forums for certain usergroups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="duplicate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Using the Permission Duplicator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The Permission Duplicator is a quick way to copy forum permissions from one group to other(s) or from one forum to other(s).<br /><br />

To use the Group-Based duplicator, select the group to copy permissions from. Then, use the checkboxes to select which groups the permissions should be copied to. Select which forum(s) permissions should be copied from in the drop-down. This will include any subforums of the forum you choose. Finally, select whether the incoming permissions should overwrite existing custom permissions, and whether they should apply to forums that are currently inheriting custom permissions from a parent forum. Click Duplicate Permissions to proceed.<br /><br />

The Forum-Based duplicator works in a similar way. First, select the forum to copy permissions from. This will *not* include subforums. Next, select the forums that the permissions should be copied to. If you wish to overwrite existing custom permissions, select yes to Overwrite Duplicates. Overwrite Inherited set to Yes will overwrite permissions in forums that are being inherited from parents. Click Duplicate Permissions to proceed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="duplicate" opt="ugid_from">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Copy Permissions from User Group</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select the user group whose permissions you want to copy.  This group's <a href="forumpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">forum permissions</a> for the forum you select will be applied to the usergroups you select below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="duplicate" opt="usergrouplist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Copy Permissions to User Groups</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select the usergroups that you want to receive the source usergroup's forum permissions.  These usergroups will have their current forum permissions overwritten with the source usergroup's forum permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="duplicate" opt="limitforumid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Only Copy Permissions from Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the forum(s) from which you want to copy permissions.  The permissions of the source usergroup for this forum will copied to the destination usergroups for the forum(s) selected here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="duplicate" opt="overwritedupes_group">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite Duplicate Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite Duplicate Entries prevents you from overwriting any existing permissions set for a forum (that is, they’re in red) for one of the usergroups you are copying to</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="duplicate" opt="overwriteinherited_group">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite Inherited Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite Inherited Entries prevents you from overwriting any inherited permissions, from a parent, set for a forum (that is, they’re in orange) for one of the usergroups you are copying to</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="duplicate" opt="forumid_from">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Copy Permissions from Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the source forum from which to copy usergroup permissions.  The permissions for the usergroups for this forum will be applied to the destination forums you select below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="duplicate" opt="forumlist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Copy Permissions to Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select the forums to which you want to copy the source forum's usergroup permissions.  The permissions for each usergroup for these destination forums will be set to the permissions of the usergroups of the source forum.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="duplicate" opt="overwritedupes_forum">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite Duplicate Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite Duplicate Entries prevents you from overwriting any existing permissions set for a forum (that is, they’re in red).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="duplicate" opt="overwriteinherited_forum">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite Inherited Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite Inherited Entries prevents you from overwriting any inherited permissions from a parent (that is, they’re in orange).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing Usergroup Permissions Per Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This screen allows you to edit the permissions of the selected usergroup for the selected forum.<br /><br />

If you have edited permissions for this group and forum before, you will need to select "Use Custom Settings" to make your settings save. If you attempt to change a setting before selecting Use Custom Settings, you will be reminded to do so by clicking OK. If you click cancel on the popup, the setting will change but when you attempt to save your changes they will not be saved.<br /><br />

Settings on this page will override a usergroup's default permissions. If there are subforums of the selected forum, these settings will be inherited by any subforums unless the subforum has custom settings explicitly set for it already.<br /><br />

If you want to revert the permissions for this group, select "Use Usergroup Default" and press Save Changes. If any subforums of this forum are currently inheriting these settings, they will also be reverted to the default.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="edit" opt="mode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Custom Settings vs. Usergroup Default</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[To have any settings on this page save, you must select "Use custom permissions". If you already have custom settings and wish to set this usergroup back to default, select "Use usergroup default" and press Save Changes.

Note that if you have custom settings for this group and remove them as described above, any subforums will also be reverted if they do not have custom settings explicitly set for themselves.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canview">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can view forum?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, the rest of the settings on this screen are unused as the user will be denied access if they try to view any page that involves this forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="35" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canviewthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View Thread Content</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission controls whether or not users can view posts within a thread.  This permission is independent of whether or not users can view the actual thread links within a forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canviewothers">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Can view other's threads]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to No, users will only be allowed to view threads that they started (made the first post in).

If this usergroup is "Unregistered/Not Logged In", setting this to No have the effect of not allowing them to view any threads, even if you allow unregistered users to post because unregistered users cannot be told apart, so determining if an unregistered user posted a certain thread would be impossible.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="45" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canseedelnotice">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can See Deletion Notice</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, this group will be able to see deletion notices in this forum. Deletion notices are what is left behind after a user deletes a post or thread. Moderators will always be able to see deletion notices in forums they moderate - this setting does not affect them.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="edit,quickforum" opt="cansearch">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can search?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, the user will not be allowed to search this forum, even if they can view it or perform other actions in it. It will not appear in the list of forums to search from on the search screen, and it will not be included if the user opts to search all forums.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Can use 'email to friend' feature?]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, the user will not be allowed to use the Email to Friend feature (which is linked from the bottom of every thread). This setting is disregarded if you have set Email Functions to Off under general options - no one would be allowed to use Email to Friend in that case.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="edit,quickforum" opt="cangetattachment">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can download attachments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to No, users will not be allowed to download post attachments from threads in this forum. The link will still appear but they will be told, after clicking on it, that they don't have permission.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canpostnew">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can post new threads?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, the user will not be allowed to post new threads in this forum. They may, however, post replies to existing threads unless you revoke that permission below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canreplyown">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can reply to own threads?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users will not be able to reply to threads that they are the first poster in (started the thread). If you have Can post new threads set to No above, this setting is irrelevant.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canreplyothers">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Can reply to other's threads?]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users will not be able to reply to threads that other users start.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="edit,quickforum" opt="followforummoderation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">New Posts Bypass Moderation Queue?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, when a user from this group posts in this forum, their post will be put in the moderator queue regardless of whether or not you have turned on the moderator queue for this forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canpostattachment">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can post attachments?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users will not be allowed to attach files to their posts. They will still be allowed to use the BB IMG code to show images if you have turned that on for this forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canthreadrate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can rate threads if thread rating is enabled in this forum?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users in this group will not be allowed to rate threads in the forum regardless of whether or not thread rating is enabled for this forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="edit,quickforum" opt="caneditpost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can edit own posts?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users will not be allowed to edit their own posts.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="edit,quickforum" opt="candeletepost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can delete own posts?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users will not be allowed to delete their posts. Note that if Can delete own threads below is set to No, they will not be able to delete their post if it is the first post in a thread, even if this is set to Yes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canmove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can move own threads to other forums?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, users will be able to move their own threads between forums that they have access to. It is generally recommended to leave this set at No, leaving the thread moving to your moderators or yourself.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canopenclose">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can open / close own threads?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, users will be able to close and/or reopen threads that they started. It is generally recommended to leave this set at No. The reason is if a moderator closes a thread and this is set to Yes, the user will be able to reopen that thread by themselves.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="edit,quickforum" opt="candeletethread">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can delete own threads?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, a user will be able to delete threads that he has started by deleting the first post in that thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canpostpoll">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can post polls?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, users will be able to add a poll to new threads that they create.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canvote">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can vote on polls?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, users will be able to vote on polls in this forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Forum Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, all of your forums are listed. Beneath each forum, all of your usergroups are listed.<br /><br />

The color of each usergroup is significant. If the usergroup text is in white, it is using the default permissions for the group. If the usergroup text is in red, it is using permissions customized for that forum. If it is in yellow, it is using custom permissions from a parent forum. If you are using Internet Explorer 4+ or Netscape 6+, the circle next to each usergroup name is also significant. A hollow circle means the usergroup cannot view the forum, while a full circle means they can.<br /><br />

To edit the permissions for any group, or to revert them to default, click Edit next to the appropriate group under the appropriate forum.<br /><br />

The Permission Duplicator, accessible from the link at the top of this screen, allows you to quickly duplicate an existing permission set between usergroups or between forums. (see <a href="help.php?page=forumpermission&pageaction=duplicate">Using the Permission Duplicator</a>)<br /><br />

You can also access the Quick Editor from here. The Quick Editor allows you to quickly revert permissions to default. (see <a href="help.php?page=forumpermission&pageaction=quickedit">Using the Quick Editor</a>)<br /><br />

The last link at the top is Quick Forum Setup. You can use this to mass-apply permissions to multiple usergroups for a particular forum. (see <a href="help.php?page=forumpermission&pageaction=quickforum">Using Quick Forum Setup</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="quickedit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Permissions Quick Editor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Below is a list of all sets of custom forum permissions.  To delete a set of custom permissions simply check the corresponding check box on the left and then click the "Delete Selected Permissions" button at the bottom.  To edit the permissions for an existing set simply click the corresponding [Edit] link on the right.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="quickeditor">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Using the Quick Editor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">From this screen you quickly revert custom permissions to default by selecting the checkboxes of the forums you wish to revert and clicking Delete Selected Permissions. You can also edit a particular set of permissions by clicking Edit across from the forum and usergroup combination you wish to edit.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="quickforum">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Using Quick Forum Setup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, you can quickly apply basic permissions to multiple forums and multiple groups at the same time. Not all available permissions are shown on this screen, but these cover the basic functions, such as viewing, posting, and downloading attachments.<br /><br />

Start by selecting the forum to which these permissions should apply. Note that this will also apply (though inheritance) to any subforums of the selected forum, unless such forums already have custom permissions set for them. Existing permissions for the selected forum <i>will</i> be overwritten.<br /><br />

Next select which usergroup(s) these permissions should apply to. You can select any number that you wish.<br /><br />

Finally, set the actual permissions. You can use the All Yes or All No buttons to quickly change all of the radio buttons. Click Save Changes to apply the new permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="quickforum" opt="forumid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Apply Permissions to Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select the forum you want these permissions to apply to.  Keep in mind that permissions are inherited by child forums, so if you want a child of this forum to have different permissions then you will need to edit that forum's permissions separately.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="quickforum" opt="usergrouplist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Apply Permissions to Usergroups</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Check all usergroups you want these permissions to apply to for this forum.  Any previously set permissions for the selected groups for this forum will be overwritten with the new permissions below.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="help">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="script">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Script</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the name of the script which you want to add help for. Use the script name minus the extension. I.E. forum instead of forum.php.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This field allows you to sort multiple help entries into a logical order.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="optionname">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Option</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This refers to the individual element on the page. You can determine this by hovering over the input elements. The option name will appear in the tooltip that appears as name="XXXXXX". Where XXXXXX is the input item's name.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="action">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Action</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the current action that you are adding help for. Examples are add, edit, modify. You can tell the current action by placing the forums in debug mode and looking at the browser's status bar. It will say $_REQUEST[do]='XXXX'. The XXXX is the action.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="text">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is where you enter your actual help entry. If you need more space, click the "Large Edit Box" button to open up a secondary window.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="product">
			<title date="1154003373" username="Kier" version="3.6.0">Product</title>
			<text date="1154003373" username="Kier" version="3.6.0">Use this field to attach an admin help item to a particular product or plugin.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="title">
			<title date="1154003404" username="Kier" version="3.6.0">Title</title>
			<text date="1154003404" username="Kier" version="3.6.0">Specify a title for the admin help entry you are adding or editing.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="volatile">
			<title date="1154003451" username="Kier" version="3.6.0">vBulletin Default</title>
			<text date="1154003451" username="Kier" version="3.6.0"><![CDATA[If set to 'Yes', this item will be replaced and or upgraded by future vBulletin upgrade scripts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="image">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Avatars, Post Icons, and Smilies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=image&pageaction=&option=">Avatars, Post Icons, and Smilies</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=avatar&pageaction=&option=">Avatar Storage</a><br /><br />

<b>Avatars, Post Icons, and Smilies:</b><br />
The same system is used to manage avatars, post icons, and smilies.  The help topics in this section apply to the Avatar Manager, Post Icon Manager, and Smilie Manager.  Avatars, post icons, and smilies are referred to as "images" in these help topics.<br /><br />

vBulletin's image system is used to manage avatars, post icons, and smilies.  These images can be arranged into categories and their access restricted by post count and usergroup.  Usergroup restrictions are set at the category level while post count restrictions are set at the image level.  To have access to an image category the user must be a member of at least one group (either primary or secondary group membership) that has access, as is explained in the general help topic for <a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=usergroup&pageaction=&option=">Usergroups</a>.<br /><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This screen allows you to add one or more images at a time. These images must already reside on the server, having been uploaded by FTP or some other means prior to doing this.<br /><br />

You can either add a single image or add multiple images at the same time.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add" opt="imagespath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Path to Images</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the path to the images you are adding. This should be relative from your main vBulletin directory. For example, if your directory structure looks like this:<br />
- vBulletin<br />
-- images<br />
--- avatars<br />
--- icons<br />
--- smilies<br />
and you were uploading a smiley, you would type<br />
images/smilies<br />
Do not put a filename on this path, and do not put a trailing slash on it either.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Images to Display Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the number of images to display per page while adding them.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit,upload" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the image and will be displayed with the image (except in the case of smilies).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit,upload" opt="minimumposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Posts to Use this Avatar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the minimum number of a posts a user must have before he will be allowed to select this avatar.<br /><i>This only applies to Avatars</i>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit,upload" opt="smilietext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text to Replace</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is what the user will type to have transformed into a smilie. For example :) or :( - keep in mind, this is case-sensitive. S:) and s:) are not the same thing.<br /><i>This only applies to Smilies</i>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit,upload" opt="path">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Path</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the path to the image. This should be relative from your main vBulletin directory. For example, if your directory structure looks like this:<br />
- vBulletin<br />
-- images<br />
--- avatars<br />
--- icons<br />
--- smilies<br />
<br />
and your smiley was called tongue.gif and located in the smilies directory, you would specify:<br />
images/smilies/tongue.gif]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit,upload" opt="imagecategoryid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Image Category</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the category to which the image will be added. It can be changed later.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit,upload" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This determines the order in which images are shown. This can be changed later.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="addcategory">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie Category</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can add an image category. Images are displayed by category and you can set permissions per category as to who can use them (except for smilies).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="addcategory,editcategory" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the category. It is displayed with the images in the category to your users.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="addcategory,editcategory" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This determines in what order categories are displayed to the user.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to edit the settings for this image.  If you have any questions about specific settings please see the individual help topics.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editcategory">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie Category</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can edit an existing image category. Images are displayed by category and you can set permissions per category as to who can use them (except for smilies).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editpermissions">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Image categories can be restricted by usergroup on this page.  Simply select "Yes" for groups whom you want to have access to this category and select "No" for groups you don't.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[You can manage your images here.  Images can be arranged in categories and their access restricted by post count and usergroup.  Usergroup restrictions are set at the category level while post count restrictions are set at the image level.<br /><br />

At the bottom of this page you can click the [Add New Category] link to create a new category for images to go into.  Click the [Show All] link to view all images for all categories.<br /><br />

Below is a list of your image categories.  The "Title" column tells you the name of each category.  You can click on the category name to view its images.<br /><br />

The "Contains" column tells you how many images are in the corresponding category.<br /><br />

The "Display Order" column tells you the display order of each image category.  The display order is used to order the image category listing in this Image Manager as well as on your forums.  You can update the display orders shown on this page by changing the number values and clicking the "Save Display Order" button.<br /><br />

On the right side you will find several options for each image category.  The [Mass Move] link takes you to a page where you can select a new category for each image in the corresponding category and submit the changes all at once.<br /><br />

The [View] link does the same thing as clicking on the category name to the left, it takes you to a page where you can view all images in the corresponding category.<br /><br />

The [Edit] link allows you to edit the title and display order of the corresponding category.<br /><br />

The [Delete] link takes you to a page where you can delete the corresponding category and all of its images or mass move the categories images to another category and then delete the original category.<br /><br />

The [Permissions] link takes you to a page where you can specify which usergroups can use the images in the corresponding category.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this image.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removecategory">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie Category</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page provides you with options for deleting this category.  First of all, you can choose to delete all images in this category or not.  And second, if you do not choose to delete all images in this category then you can select another category to which this categories images will be moved.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="upload">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Upload Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen, you can upload one image at a time through your browser for use on your forum. To do this, both your web server and PHP must have permission to write files to disk. If they do not, this will fail. The directory that you are trying to put the file in must be CHMODed 777 (consult your FTP program documentation for how to do this).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="upload" opt="imagefile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Image file</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is where you select the file from your computer to be uploaded.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="viewimages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View Avatars / Post Icons / Smilies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Below is a gallery of images for the category you selected.  If there are more images in this gallery than are allowed per page (setting at the bottom of the page) then you will see page links at the bottom of the page.  You can click the page links to view the rest of the images in this gallery.<br /><br />

At the bottom of this page you will see two links.  Click the [Add] link to add a new image to your forums.  Click the [Edit Categories] link to return to the Image Manager.<br /><br />

<b>Viewing Images:</b><br />
If you are viewing images then each image shown in the gallery below will have options associated with it.  Click the [Edit] button to edit the settings for the corresponding image.  Click the [Delete] link to delete the corresponding image.<br /><br />

The numbers under each image are the display orders of the images.  These display orders are used to order the listing of images in this Image Manager as well as on the forums.  You can change the displays orders on this page by changing the numbers and clicking the "Save Display Order" button at the bottom.<br /><br />

<b>Mass Moving Images:</b><br />
If you are mass moving images then each image shown in the gallery below will have a menu below it.  Select a category from the menu under each image.  When you click the "Mass Move" button the images below will be moved to the categories you selected.<br /><br />

Leave the menu set to the "blank" option if you don't want to move an image.  If you want to move all images on this page to the same category then you can select that category in the menu at the bottom which will cause all menus on the page to be set to the category you choose.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="index">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="home">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Control Panel Home</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this page you can view several quick stats about your forums and server as well as use the quick admin features which include: Quick User Finder, PHP Function Lookup, MySQL Language Lookup, and Useful Links.  At the bottom of this page are the vBulletin credits.<br /><br />

If you have permission to run the "top" command on your server then you will see your server load averages under the "Quick Administration Links" section on this page.  <a href="http://www.vbulletin.com/forum/showpost.php?p=291831&postcount=9" target="_blank">Click here</a> for a detailed explanation of load averages.<br /><br />

The Quick User Finder allows you to quickly search for users based on a partial or exact username match.<br /><br />

The PHP Function Lookup will search the functions on the PHP site for the search string you enter.  The results will be displayed in this frame.<br /><br />

The MySQL Language Lookup will search the documentation on the MySQL site for the search string you enter.  The results will be displayed in this frame.<br /><br />

The Useful Links menu contains several useful vBulletin, PHP, and MySQL links that will open in a new window when you select their menu item.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="language">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Languages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=language&pageaction=&option=">Languages</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=phrase&pageaction=&option=">Phrases</a><br /><br />

<b>Languages:</b><br />
vBulletin's language system allows you to translate your forum into other languages without editing any templates or files.  This is thanks to the phrase system (see "Phrases" link above) which makes vBulletin's templates language-independant.  The end result is that you can serve multiple languages from a single style.<br /><br />

Each phrase can have a translation for each language specified in this Language Manager.  When a forum page is loaded, vBulletin checks what language the current logged in user has selected and parses the phrase variables into the appropriate translated text.<br /><br />

In addition to translated phrases, vBulletin's language system supports translated images (by allowing you to override a style's images folder setting), and language-specific date / time / number formats.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Creating a New Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can add a new language. From there you will be able to translate all phrases into this language just as with the default languages that come with vBulletin.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit_settings" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Language Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the name of the language as displayed in the Administration area as well as to users.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit_settings" opt="userselect">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow user selection?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users will not be able to select this language (it will not appear to them). This is useful if you are just adding a language but have not yet added any translations for it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit_settings" opt="direction">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text Direction</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Is this language read from left to right or from right to left?</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit_settings" opt="languagecode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Language Code</title>
			<text date="1160697943" username="freddie" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[There is a standard code for every language.  See <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/English_list.php" target="_blank">this site</a> for a list of language codes.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit_settings" opt="charset">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">HTML Character Set</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the value of the 'charset' attribute for the HTML content type setting in the 'headinclude' template. Languages require specific charset definitions to support the encoding that is required for the unique characters of the language.<br /><br />
Setting this to ISO-8859-1 results in this charset being specified:<br /><br /><dfn> &lt;meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" /&gt;</dfn>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit_settings" opt="imagesoverride">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Image Folder Override</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Serveral vBulletin images have language-specific text in them.  This option lets you use images made for a different language.<br /><br />

You may use &lt;#&gt; to represent the style ID the user is currently using.  This allows you to support different styles for this language.  For example, you can name the images folder something like <b>images_<i>name of language</i>_<i>style ID of style</i></b> and then set this setting to <b>images_<i>name of language</i>_&lt;#&gt;</b>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit_settings" opt="locale">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Locale</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[You can define a locale or just specify the correct date and time formats in the settings below.  Since locales aren't supported on all systems it is better to manually specify the correct date and time formats if you can.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="add,edit_settings" opt="dateoverride">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Date Format Override</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting will override the date format that is specified in your vBulletin options, <a href="options.php?dogroup=datetime&do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.  Leave blank to use the format that is set in your vBulletin options.<br /><br />

Consult <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=strftime" target="_blank">this page</a> for a list of date variables.  You can use these variables in combination with other characters to define a format.<br /><br />

For example, European format (e.g., 25-04-98): %d-%m-%y<br /><br />

If you have defined a locale for this language then you can use %x to let the locale decide what format to use.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="add,edit_settings" opt="timeoverride">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Time Format Override</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting will override the time format that is specified in your vBulletin options, <a href="options.php?dogroup=datetime&do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.  Leave blank to use the format that is set in your vBulletin options.<br /><br />

Consult <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=strftime" target="_blank">this page</a> for a list of time variables.  You can use these variables in combination with other characters to define a format.<br /><br />

For example, AM/PM Time Format (eg, 11:15 PM): %I:%M %p<br /><br />

If you have defined a locale for this language then you can use %X to let the locale decide what format to use.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit_settings" opt="registereddateoverride">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Registration Date Format Override</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting will override the registration date format that is specified in your vBulletin options, <a href="options.php?dogroup=datetime&do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.  Leave blank to use the format that is set in your vBulletin options.<br /><br />

Consult <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=strftime" target="_blank">this page</a> for a list of time variables.  You can use these variables in combination with other characters to define a format.  See the "Date Format Override" and "Time Format Override" settings above for examples.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="add,edit_settings" opt="calformat1override">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthday Date Format Override</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting will override the birthday <b>with year</b> format that is specified in your vBulletin options, <a href="options.php?dogroup=datetime&do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.  Leave blank to use the format that is set in your vBulletin options.<br /><br />

Consult <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=strftime" target="_blank">this page</a> for a list of time variables.  You can use these variables in combination with other characters to define a format.  See the "Date Format Override" and "Time Format Override" settings above for examples.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="add,edit_settings" opt="calformat2override">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthday Date Format Override</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting will override the birthday <b>without year</b> format that is specified in your vBulletin options, <a href="options.php?dogroup=datetime&do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.  Leave blank to use the format that is set in your vBulletin options.<br /><br />

Consult <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=strftime" target="_blank">this page</a> for a list of time variables.  You can use these variables in combination with other characters to define a format.  See the "Date Format Override" and "Time Format Override" settings above for examples.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="add,edit_settings" opt="logdateoverride">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log Date Format Override</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting will override the log date format that is specified in your vBulletin options, <a href="options.php?dogroup=datetime&do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.  Leave blank to use the format that is set in your vBulletin options.<br /><br />

Consult <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=strftime" target="_blank">this page</a> for a list of time variables.  You can use these variables in combination with other characters to define a format.  See the "Date Format Override" and "Time Format Override" settings above for examples.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="add,edit_settings" opt="decimalsep">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Decimal Separator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Use this setting to customize the way floating point (decimal) numbers are displayed for this language.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="add,edit_settings" opt="thousandsep">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thousands Separator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Use this setting to customize the way every thousands place is separated in large numbers for this language.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="add,edit_settings" opt="dirmark">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Directional Markup Fix</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[When Right-to-Left and Left-to-Right characters are mixed on the same page, undesirable output can occur.  This options adds hidden directional markup cues to several places where this problem is known to occur in vBulletin.<br /><br />The problem usually manifests itself when RTL user names and thread titles are used on a LTR forum (and vice versa).  If you do not expect this to be an issue then leave this option disabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="delete">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this language.  Click the "Yes" button below to delete this language.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing Phrases</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you can edit, or translate, phrases. A phrase is a bit of text, referred to in the templates. Each language you have consists of all phrases translated into that language.<br /><br />

Each phrase row gives the phrase name (that is, how it is shown in the templates), the phrase as it exists for that language (translated or not), and a link to revert a phrase to the default (English) value. Make sure to click Save Changes to save your work on this page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit_settings">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Language Settings</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can edit the settings for a particular language.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="edit_settings" opt="isdefault">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Is Default Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to Yes, this language will be the default for forum members who do not select a language during registration, and for those who have not registered.<br /><br />

You can also change the default on the Language Manager screen.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="files">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Downloading and Uploading Language Sets</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you have the ability to upload and download language sets for your vBulletin. A language set is a collection of all of the phrases used within vBulletin and can be downloaded from the <a href="http://www.vbulletin.org/forum/" target="_blank">vBulletin.org</a> and <a href="http://www.vbulletin.com/forum/" target="_blank">vBulletin.com</a> forums.<br /><br />

You can also download a language set from your vBulletin to share with others if you have translated the vBulletin user interface into another language.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="files" opt="languageid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Language to Download</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the language you wish to download from this list of all languages installed in your vBulletin.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="15" act="files" opt="product">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Product</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the Jelsoft product for which you want to download.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="files" opt="filename">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filename for your language file.</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is what your file will be named when you download it. It is suggested that you name it with something regarding the language you are downloading.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="files" opt="just_phrases">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Just fetch phrases</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[By "language settings" we mean the settings you see when you click the [Edit Settings] link in the <a href="language.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Language Manager</a>.  If this language is just translated phrases and no custom settings then you can select "Yes" here.  Otherwise you should select "No" to keep the language whole as it is now.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="files" opt="languagefile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">XML Language File to upload</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the XML language file to upload from your computer.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="files" opt="serverfile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Import XML File</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a file name complete with a server path that is relative to your main forum directory.<br /><br />

For example, if the name of the language file is vbulletin-language.xml and you uploaded it to the install directory inside your main forum directory then you would enter this value: ./install/vbulletin-language.xml]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="files" opt="olanguageid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you wish to overwrite an existing language with the file you are uploading, select it from this menu. Otherwise make sure (create new language) is selected.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="files" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title For New Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is what your language will be called on the forum. If you are overwriting a language, that language will be renamed with this title; otherwise, your new language will be named with this title.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="files" opt="anyversion">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use language file even if it was created for a different version of vBulletin?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to Yes, you will not receive a warning if this language set was created for a different version of vBulletin than you are running.<br /><br />

Typically it is ok to use language files from newer versions but not from older versions. The reason is that newer versions may have extra phrases that your version doesn't have, but at least it will have all of the phrases that yours does, whereas an older version might not.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Languages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, a list of all languages you have installed is shown. Next to each language is a drop-down menu containing a series of phrase-editing options, as well as links to modify the language settings and download it.<br /><br />

Selecting an item on the (edit) drop-down list will take you to edit the type of phrase you select, e.g. Privatemessage related phrases, or Error phrases, etc.<br /><br />

Clicking Settings takes you to edit the settings of the language.<br /><br />

Delete removes the language from your vBulletin<br /><br />

Download lets you download a language set, which consists of all phrases you have translated for that language. You can distribute this to fellow vBulletin owners.<br />

The 'Set Default' button allows you to set a language as the default for your forum. The default language is what is shown to registered forum members who did not select a language at registration, and to unregistered users or those who are not logged in.<br /><br />

At the bottom of the list are links to add a new language and download or upload existing language sets.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="rebuild">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Rebuild Languages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page is a confirmation and report of your languages being rebuilt.  Click the "Done" button to return to the language manager.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="misc">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Update Counters</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=backup&pageaction=&option=">Database Backup</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=repair&pageaction=&option=">Repair / Optimize</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=misc&pageaction=&option=">Update Counters</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=diagnostic&pageaction=&option=">Diagnostics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=queries&pageaction=&option=">Execute SQL Query</a><br /><br />

<b>Update Counters:</b><br />
This page allows you to update several vBulletin counters.  Not all information that is displayed on vBulletin forum pages is dynamically generated.  "Counters" are used instead of some costly queries in order to reduce the server load associated with retrieving information.<br /><br />

User post counts are a good example of a counter.  vBulletin doesn't count the number of posts a user has every time their post count is displayed on the forums.  Instead the user has a post counter that is incremented every time they make a post.  This way when vBulletin wants to display a user's post count it only has to read a number instead of all of the records in the post table.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="chooser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Update Counters</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This page contains several counters that you can update.<br /><br />

<b>Update Forums:</b><br />
This feature will update the information for each forum including: last post info, thread count, and post count.  This may need to be done after mass moving / pruning threads and posts.<br /><br />

<b>Update User Titles and Ranks:</b><br />
This will go through every user on your forums and determine their correct user title and rank.  This may need to be done after changing your <a href="usertitle.php?do=modify" target="_blank">user title ladder</a> or <a href="ranks.php" target="_blank">user ranks</a>.<br /><br />

<b>Update User Names:</b><br />
This will update user names everywhere they occur on your forums.  This may need to be done after changing a user's name in the Admin CP.<br /><br />

<b>Update Post Counts:</b><br />
This will update the number of posts for each user by counting each user's posts in the database.  If you have artificially inflated / deflated a user's post count by editing their profile in the Admin CP then this will reset it to its true value.<br /><br />

<b>Fix broken user profiles:</b><br />
Incomplete profiles are usually the result of hacks making user insertions from outside of vBulletin.  Run this to fix any broken profiles.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Forum Information:</b><br />
This feature will update your forum counters and check for orphan moderators.  This may need to be run after managing your forums.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Thread Information:</b><br />
This feature will update your thread counters including: last post info, reply count, view count, etc.  You may need to run this after moving / pruning threads and posts.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Similar Threads:</b><br />
This feature will run a similar thread search for all threads on your forums.  To show similar threads you need to enable the option in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=showthread&do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.  If you want your forums to search for similar threads when a new thread is posted (rather than having to update this counter later) then you need to enable the option on <a href="options.php?dogroup=search&do=options" target="_blank">this page</a>.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Search Index:</b><br />
This needs to be done after changing the max / min search word length in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=search&do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Statistics:</b><br />
This feature rebuilds the information that is dislplayed on your <a href="stats.php?do=index" target="_blank">Statistics page</a>.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Post Cache:</b><br />
vBulletin doesn't parse vB code in posts every time they are displayed.  Instead the parsed posts are saved in the "postparsed" table.  In this way vBulletin reduces the processing time needed to display a post.  Update this counter to rebuild the parsed posts.  This needs to be done after changing vB codes, posting allowances (like HTML code), etc.<br /><br />

<b>Delete Duplicate Threads:</b><br />
Sometimes duplicate threads are created during the posting process.  Updating this counter will remove those duplicates.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Styles:</b><br />
Update this counter to rebuild your style structure.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Attachment Thumbnails:</b><br />
Rebuilding thumbnails is necessary after changing your thumbnail settings in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=attachment&do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild User Reputation:</b><br />
You need to update this counter if you change the default reputation value in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=reputation&do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.<br /><br />

<b>Remove Orphan Threads:</b><br />
This function will delete any threads that belong to forums that no longer exist. Such threads are not accessible via the forums but they do add to your totals. You will see the number of orphan threads in parenthesis.<br /><br />

<b>Remove Orphan Posts:</b><br />
This function will delete any posts that belong to threads that no longer exist. Such posts are not accessible via the forums but they do add your your totals. You will see the number of orphan posts in parenthesis.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="chooser" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of forums to process per cycle</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can specify the number of forums / users / threads / posts / attachments to be processed at a time.  This number may need to be set lower for extremely large forums because of time out concerns.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="chooser" opt="startat">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Post ID to start at</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The post ID to start indexing at.  If you were reindexing and the process stopped for some reason, you can resume where you left off.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="chooser" opt="doprocess">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Total number of posts to process</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can specify the total number of posts to process, starting at the starting post ID specified above.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="chooser" opt="autoredirect">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Include automatic JavaScript redirect to next page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If set to 'Yes', the script will automatically continue on to the next cycle when the current cycle is finished.  You should set this to 'Yes' unless you want to manually tell the script to continue at the end of each cycle.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="chooser" opt="install">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Check For Styles With No Parent</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Styles with no parent are broken.  This option checks for those broken styles.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="chooser" opt="renumber">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Renumber all templates from 1</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Renumbers the template IDs to be in consecutive sequential order.  This has no functional purpose except for freeing up template IDs so you don't run out.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="chooser" opt="reputation_base">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Base Reputation Value</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">All users with reputations greater than or equal to this value will be processed.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="moderate">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Moderating Content</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Moderating Content:</b><br />
vBulletin allows you to moderate forum content before it is publicly displayed.  This is useful in preventing inappropriate or unworthy content from being posted in forums whose content needs to be of a minimum quality.  This section of the Admin CP allows you to moderate content that is awaiting moderation.<br /><br />

Thread, post, and attachment moderation can be enabled at the forum level (see the <a href="../{$vbulletin->config[Misc][admincpdir]}/forum.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Forum Manager</a>), the group level (see the <a href="../{$vbulletin->config[Misc][admincpdir]}/usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>), and at the group level for a specific forum (see <a href="../{$vbulletin->config[Misc][admincpdir]}/forumpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Forum Permissions</a>).  Similarly, event moderation can be enabled at the group level and at the calendar level (see the <a href="../{$vbulletin->config[Misc][admincpdir]}/admincalendar.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Calendar Manager</a>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="attachments">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderate Attachments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to moderate attachments that are awaiting moderation.  Below are all attachments that are awaiting moderation (if any).  Select an action for each attachment (validate, delete, or ignore) and click the "Save" button to continue.<br /><br />

Validating an attachment removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the forums.  Deleting an attachment does exactly that.  Ignoring an attachment leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.<br /><br />

If you want to validate, delete, or ignore all attachments awaiting moderation then you can click the appropriate button at the top which sets all actions appropriately.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="attachments" opt="attachaction">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Action</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select an action to take for this attachment.  Validating an attachment removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the forums. Deleting an attachment does exactly that. Ignoring an attachment leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="events">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderate Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to moderate events that are awaiting moderation.  Below are all events that are awaiting moderation (if any).  Select an action for each event (validate, delete, or ignore) and click the "Save" button to continue.<br /><br />

Validating an event removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the calendar.  Deleting an event does exactly that.  Ignoring an event leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.<br /><br />

If you want to validate, delete, or ignore all events awaiting moderation then you can click the appropriate button at the top which sets all actions appropriately.<br /><br />

You can edit the content of events on this page while moderating them.  For example, an event might have an inappropriate title... just change the text for the title and then validate the event.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="events" opt="eventsubject">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Subject</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the subject of this event.  If the subject is not appropriate or you want to change it, simply edit this field before validating the event.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="events" opt="eventtext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Event</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the message for this event.  You have the option of editing the message before validating this event.  Simply change the message in this textarea before validating the event.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="events" opt="eventaction">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Action</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select an action to take for this event.  Validating an event removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the forums. Deleting an event does exactly that. Ignoring an event leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="posts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderate Threads / Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to moderate threads and posts that are awaiting moderation.  Below are all threads and posts that are awaiting moderation (if any).  Select an action for each thread and post (validate, delete, or ignore) and click the "Save" button to continue.<br /><br />

Validating a thread or post removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the forums.  Deleting a thread or post does exactly that.  Ignoring a thread or post leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.<br /><br />

If you want to validate, delete, or ignore all threads and posts awaiting moderation then you can click the appropriate button at the top which sets all actions appropriately.<br /><br />

You can edit the content of threads and posts on this page while moderating them.  For example, a thread might have an inappropriate title... just change the text for the title and then validate the thread.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="posts" opt="threadtitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of this thread.  If the title is not appropriate or you want to change it, simply edit this field before validating the thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="posts" opt="threadpagetext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Message</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the message for this thread.  You have the option of editing the message before validating this post.  Simply change the message in this textarea before validating the thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="posts" opt="threadnotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Notes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The notes field records any moderative action that is made on this thread.  You may want to enter a comment about this thread in the notes for reference.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="posts" opt="threadaction">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Action</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select an action to take for this thread.  Validating a thread removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the forums. Deleting a thread does exactly that. Ignoring a thread leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="posts" opt="posttitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of this post.  If the title is not appropriate or you want to change it, simply edit this field before validating the thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="posts" opt="postpagetext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Message</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the message for this post.  You have the option of editing the message before validating this post.  Simply change the message in this textarea before validating the post.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="posts" opt="postaction">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Action</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select an action to take for this post.  Validating a post removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the forums. Deleting a post does exactly that. Ignoring a post leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="moderator">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Moderators</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=forum&pageaction=&option=">Forums</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=forumpermission&pageaction=&option=">Forum Permissions</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=moderator&pageaction=&option=">Moderators</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=resources&pageaction=&option=">Viewing Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Moderators:</b><br />
Moderators can be added to forums to help you manage your forum content.  Moderator privileges should only be given to users whom you trust.<br /><br />

Moderators can perform several actions on threads including but not limited to: closing threads (thread no longer open for replies), moving / copying threads to other forums, sticking threads (stays at the top of the forum listing), editing threads, deleting threads, merging threads (two threads become one), splitting threads (one thread becomes two).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New Moderator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this page you can add a new forum moderator.  Below is a list of permissions and options you can set for this moderator.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Change Moderator's Primary Usergroup]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This option allows you to change this user's primary usergroup upon making them a moderator.  Often times it is convenient to have your moderators in a specific usergroup for the purpose of giving them special permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add" opt="membergroupids">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Make Moderator a Member of</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option allows you to specify additional usergroups to make this user a member of upon making them a moderator.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="forumid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum Moderated</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the forum that the user will moderate. Keep in mind that any child forums of this will also be moderated by this user.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="modusername">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderator Username</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the username of the individual who will be the moderator. Make sure you spell it correctly or they will not be added.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This determines whether a moderator can edit other users' posts. They will still be able to edit their own posts (if their usergroup permission allows) even if you set this to No.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="candeleteposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Delete Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This determines whether a moderator can delete and undelete posts.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canremoveposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Physically Delete Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">There are two levels of deletion in vBulletin 3... deletion with the option to undelete, and complete physical deletion so the posts cannot be undeleted.  This option has to do with the later.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canopenclose">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Open / Close Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission determines whether or not this moderator can open and close threads.  A closed thread appears with a lock on it and no one can reply to it except admins and mods.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission determines whether or not this moderator can edit a thread's title and post icon.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmanagethreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Manage Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission covers the rest of the thread permissions (stick, merge, split, etc).<br /><br />

Sticking a thread makes it so it always appears at the top of the thread listing.  Merging allows a moderator to combine the posts of two threads into one thread.  Splitting allows a moderator to split the posts from one thread into two threads.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditpoll">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit Polls</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission determines whether or not this moderator can edit poll options and results within their forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canannounce">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Post Announcements</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission determines whether or not this moderator can post announcements in their forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmoderateposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Moderate Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If post moderation is enabled in this moderator's forum, this permission will allow this moderator to approve posts awaiting moderation.  The moderate will also be allowed to send posts back into moderation.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmoderateattachments">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Moderate Attachments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If attachment moderation is enabled in this moderator's forum, this permission will allow this moderator to approve attachments awaiting moderation.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmassmove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Mass-Move Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission allows this moderator to mass-move threads out of their forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmassprune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Mass-Prune Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission allows this moderator to mass-prune threads from their forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="cansetpassword">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Set Forum Password</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this forum has a password, this permission will allow this moderator to change this password.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canviewips">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View IP Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Every post has an IP address recorded with it.  This permission allows this moderator to click the IP address link in a post and view the IP address.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canviewprofile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View Whole User Profile</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows this moderator to view a user's entire profile, as it appears in the Admin CP.  This does not give this moderator permission to edit a user's profile.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canbanusers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Ban Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission allows this moderator to ban users, temporarily or permanently.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canunbanusers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Restore Banned Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission allows this moderator to unban users who are banned.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditsigs">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit User Signatures</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows this moderator to edit users' signatures.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="230" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditavatar">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit User Avatars</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows this moderator to edit users' avatars.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditprofilepic">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit User Profile Pictures</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows this moderator to edit users' profile pictures.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditreputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit User Reputation Comments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission allows this moderator to edit reputation comments.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="260" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="newthreademail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Receive Email When a New Thread is Created</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option will notify this moderator by email whenever a new thread is created.  This is useful for low traffic forums that require close moderation.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="270" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="newpostemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Receive Email When a New Post is Created</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option will notify this moderator by email whenever a new post is made.  This is useful for low traffic forums that require close moderation.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Moderator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to edit this moderator.  Below is a list of permissions that can be edited for this moderator.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Moderator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this moderator.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removeall">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Remove this Moderator from All Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to remove this user's moderatorship from all forums.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the removal.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="showlist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show All Moderators</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page shows you all of your forum moderators and their last visit dates which helps you to identify inactive moderators.<br /><br />

Click the [Edit] link next to a moderator's forum to edit their moderator permissions for that forum.  Click the [Delete] link next to a moderator's forum to revoke their moderatorship in that forum.  Click the [Remove this Moderator from All Forums] link to do exactly that.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="modlog">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Moderator Log</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=stats&pageaction=&option=">Statistics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=adminlog&pageaction=&option=">Control Panel Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=modlog&pageaction=&option=">Moderator Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=cronlog&pageaction=&option=">Scheduled Task Log</a><br /><br />

<b>Moderator Log:</b><br />
The moderator log allows you to view the activities of your moderators.  Each time a moderator action is performed on your forums it is recorded in the moderator log.  The information stored includes the moderator's username, the date, the action performed, and additional information which varies depending on the action being performed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="choose">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View / Prune Moderator Log</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to view / prune log entries in the moderator log.  If you have questions about specific options on this page please see the individual help topics below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="choose" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log Entries to Show Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This limits how many entries are shown on each page. If you have a slower connection it is recommended you select a lower number.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="choose" opt="userid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Only Entries Generated By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you wish to only view / prune logs that were generated by the actions of one person, select their username here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="choose" opt="orderby">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Order By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can order the entries by date created, script accessed, or the user who performed the action.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="choose" opt="daysprune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Remove Entries Older Than (Days)</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can easily remove old logs using this option. Logs found that are older than this date will be removed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="prunelog">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Prune Moderator Log</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete the matching log entries from the moderator log.  Click the "Yes" button to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="view">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing the Moderator Log</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This screen shows you a portion of the log entries that have been made by your moderators while performing mod duties. From left to right, the columns tell you:<br /><br />

<b>Log ID</b>: This is simply an internal ID used for cataloguing.<br /><br />

<b>Username</b>: This is the person who performed the action.<br /><br />

<b>Date</b>: This is the date and time the action was performed.<br /><br />

<b>Action</b>: This is the action that the user performed.<br /><br />

<b>Extra Info</b>: For some actions, this records extra bits, such as affected threads and forums.<br /><br />

At the bottom of the page, if there are more entries than could be displayed on one screen, you will find links to view the first page, previous page, next page, and last page. These buttons appear as necessary. For example if you are on the first page, the First Page and Previous Page buttons will not appear.<br /><br />

To return to the main screen, choose Restart from the bottom of any page.<br /><br />

You can restrict access to this script, or just to the pruning function or just to the viewing function. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&page=adminlog.php&pageaction=restrict">Restricting Access to Admin Log</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="options">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About vBulletin Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>vBulletin Options:</b><br />
This section of the Admin CP contains all configurable vBulletin options.  The options are categorized into groups whose names indicate what kind of options they contain.<br /><br />

When configuring these options you have the choice of displaying all options (there are a lot of them) for all groups or displaying the options for one group at a time.  If you are going through all of the options after a fresh installation or upgrade from vBulletin 2 you may find it more convenient to display all options so you can configure and save everything all at once.  Otherwise you can just open the group containing the options you want to configure.<br /><br />

If you are looking for a specific option and you don't know what group it's in, you can display all of the options and do a page search in your web browser.  Internet Explorer users can press Ctrl - F to pull up a search box.  Other browsers may be different.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="attachresize">
			<title date="1145475753" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Resize Images</title>
			<text date="1145475888" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This option will attempt to automatically resize image attachments that exceed the set dimensions for that specific image type. The image will be proportionately resized to the maximum dimensions for that image type. Resized images will be converted to JPG images to conserve space. Image types that can be resized depends on your server configuration. Resizing is as follows:
<br /><br />
<strong>GD</strong><br />
JPEG => JPEG<br />
PNG => JPEG<br />
GIF => JPEG
<br />
<br />
<strong>Imagemagick</strong><br />
JPEG => JPEG<br />
PNG => JPEG<br />
GIF => JPEG<br />
BMP => JPEG<br />
TIFF => JPEG<br />
PSD (N/A)*<br />
PDF (N/A)*<br /><br />
<dfn>*PSD and PDF image types aren't resized as you would want to retain their current setting.</dfn>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="externalcache">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Cache Lifespan</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">By default, content generated by external.php will be cached for one hour.  This setting alleviates the problem of abusive users repeatedly requesting updates from external.php. Some RSS applications do not respect the 60 minute refresh request that vBulletin sends with the information.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="welcomepm">
			<title date="1145990990" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Welcome Private Message</title>
			<text date="1145990990" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If you enable this setting, the user will be sent a private message after registration. Note if you enable Verify Email Address in Registration below, the user must verify their address before a private message will be sent. If you have Moderate New Members enabled above, the private message will be sent when the user is approved.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="rpemail">
			<title date="1149630634" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Post Reporting Email</title>
			<text date="1149630634" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If the option to email moderators is enabled, all moderators of the reported post's forum will be emailed a notice about the reported post.  You may also choose to notify super moderators and administrators as well.  If the moderator option is chosen and the forum has no moderators, super moderators and administrators will be emailed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="rpuserid">
			<title date="1149630500" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Post Reporting User</title>
			<text date="1149630500" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If you enable this setting, Post Reporting discussion threads will be created under the set username. Otherwise the posts will be made under the name of the user reporting the post.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="thumbcolor">
			<title date="1149534997" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Thumb Color</title>
			<text date="1149534997" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This setting controls the color of thumbnails borders and labels.  Valid entries are <strong>#000000</strong> (black) to <strong>#FFFFFF</strong> (white).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="errorlogemail">
			<title date="1146250311" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Log Emails to a File</title>
			<text date="1146250311" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enter a path here. For example, on a Windows server the path might be something like:<br />
<br />
C:\logs\vbulletin.log<br />
<br />
Or on a *nix server it might be something like:<br />
<br />
/home/yoursite/logs/vbulletin.log<br />
<br />
This option should only be enabled to troubleshoot email issues.  Your server performance can decrease while this option is enabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="postimagecheck">
			<title date="1144866566" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Guest Post Image Verification</title>
			<text date="1144866566" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If you enable this option, guest users will be required to pass a test during posts where an image is displayed that has a random number on it, and the user must type in the number they see in order to prove they are not an automated system attempting to post. PHP must have GD support enabled for this option to work.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying vBulletin Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can select the group of options you wish to modify. You can also opt to view all settings on one screen by choosing Show All Settings. Internet Explorer users can double-click on their choice to be taken to that page automatically.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="uimessage">
			<title date="1149894480" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 2">Require Infraction Message</title>
			<text date="1149894480" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 2"><![CDATA[This option requires that the user sending an infraction include a message.  The message format, either PM or Email, will depend on your forum's settings.  If this option is disabled, the user may choose to not include a message with their infraction. The recipient will still receive a generic PM or Email in regards to their infraction.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="checkcoppa">
			<title date="1144879543" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Coppa Registration System Cookie Check</title>
			<text date="1144879595" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This option will save a cookie onto the user's computer if an age  under 13 is entered.  Subsequent registration attempts will be failed, no matter what age is entered.<br /><br />This will stop users from trying to register with an age older than 13.  Users can still circumvent this check by manually removing the cookie.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="paymentemail">
			<title date="1147373803" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Paid Subscription Email Notification</title>
			<text date="1147373803" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">An email will be sent to this email address when a paid subscription is purchased or reversed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="externalcount">
			<title date="1147890116" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Maximum External Records</title>
			<text date="1147890116" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This option limits the maximum amount of records that can be returned by the external data provider. By default 15 records will be returned. This option allows the user to tackon &count=X to their RSS feed to retrieve more records.<br />
<br />
Changing this value will not increase or decrease the amount of records that are returned by default. This option simply gives your users the ability to request more records if they desire by adding &amp;tackon=X to their RSS feeds.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="rpforumid">
			<title date="1149630394" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Post Reporting Discussion Forum</title>
			<text date="1149630394" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">The Post Reporting system can automatically create a discussion thread for each reported post. When a post is reported multiple times, new posts will be added to the discussion thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="ipcheck">
			<title date="1153754401" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 3">Session IP Octet Length Check</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is used to specify to what length the session IP should be verified to, the most secure version is when an IP address is fully checked against the session stored IP though this can cause problems with certain ISP's. The security risk is however minimal as it involves being within a 254 range of the same connection.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="rsshtml" />
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="rsspodcast">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Rss Enclosures (Podcasting)</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[RSS Enclosure is a special tag that is added to the RSS2 feed that allows the first attachment to be served via 'podcasting'. The spec only supports one file per item, hence the limit to the first attachment.  Many aggregates, including iTunes, will recognize your attachment and offer it for download when your RSS2 feed is opened.  Some aggregates support all file types, while other support a limited set of files. iTunes only supports .m4a, .m4v, .mp3, .mp4, .mov, and .pdf.  Within the forum manager, for each forum, you can define further iTunes specific settings that may also be supported  by other aggregates.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="skypeweb_gfx">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use SkypeWeb Graphics</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a three-way setting. Setting <em>No</em> will cause the Skype&trade; icon (used in the <em>im_skype</em> template) to be loaded from the local webserver. This can be useful as the SkypeWeb server has proven to be a little flakey at present.<br />
<br />
If set to <em>Yes</em>, the icon will be loaded from the SkypeWeb server and will show the Skype&trade; online-status of the user in question.<br />
<br />
Additionally, SkypeWeb offers the ability to display online status in non-English languages. This ability can be used on the 'Send message using Skype to user' page, to show whether or not the selected user is logged-in to Skype and available.<br />
<br />
In order for this to work, this option must be set to <em>Use Language-Specific SkypeWeb Graphics</em> and the Language Code specified for vBulletin languages must be one of the following:
<ul>
	<li>En</li>
	<li>De</li>
	<li>fr</li>
	<li>it</li>
	<li>pl</li>
	<li>Ja</li>
	<li>Pt</li>
	<li>Pt/br</li>
	<li>Se</li>
	<li>zh</li>
	<li>Cn</li>
	<li>Zh/cn</li>
	<li>hk</li>
	<li>tw</li>
	<li>Zh/tw</li>
</ul>
These language codes are not case-sensitive, and you may use a dash instead of a slash if you wish (<em>pt-br</em> instead of <em>Pt/br</em>).<br />
<br />
At the time of writing (mid March 2006), non-English graphics are not yet available from Skype, though it is hoped that they will be available in the very near future. If you enable this option and the graphics do not load, switch it off again and try again in a few weeks.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="uiforumid">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">User Infraction Discussion Forum</title>
			<text date="1149630433" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">The User Infraction system can automatically create a discussion thread for each infraction.

The thread will be updated if the infraction is reversed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="options" opt="bbactive">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum Active</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to "Yes", then users will be able to use your forum. If this is set to "No", then users will see a message notifying them that the forum is turned off.  You can edit this message in the "Reason For Turning Forum Off" option below.<br /><br />

Note that admins will still be able to use the forum while it is off, but they will see a notice on the top and bottom of the screen that says the forum is offline.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="options" opt="bbclosedreason">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reason For Turning Forum Off</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">When the forum is turned off, this message will be displayed for users who try to load a forum page.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="options" opt="bbtitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of your forum.  This title appears in the title bar of every page, the navigation bar at the top of every page, as well as other places.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="options" opt="bburl">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum URL</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the URL to your vBulletin forum, without the final "/" or "index.php". Examples of correct URLs:<br /><br />

<i>http://www.example.com</i><br />
<i>http://www.example.com/forum</i><br /><br />

Examples of incorrect URLs:<br /><br />

<i>http://www.example.com/</i> (should not have final slash)<br />
<i>http://www.example.com/forum/index.php</i> (should not have final slash or index.php)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="options" opt="hometitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Homepage Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of your homepage. A link to your homepage appears in the footer of every page by default.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="options" opt="homeurl">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Homepage URL</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the URL to your homepage. It will be used (along with "Homepage Name") to create a link to your homepage in the footer of every page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="options" opt="contactuslink">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Contact Us Link</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a link for contacting the forum administrator. There is a built-in email form located at "sendmessage.php" which can be used, or you can use an email address. If you use an email address, then you must add "mailto:" to the beginning of it so it looks like this:<br /><br />

mailto:admin@example.com<br /><br />

If you use the built-in contact form, you can specify predefined subjects below in "Contact Us Options".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="85" act="options" opt="contactustype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Contact Us Verification</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting controls whether or not guests (unregistered users, or users who are not logged in) are allowed to send feedback using the <a href="../sendmessage.php" target="_blank">Contact Us</a> page.<br /><br />

If you decide to allow this access for guests then you may wish to enable image verification to prevent bots from using the form.  This will prevent possible spam in your inbox.  The image verification will only be used for guests who use the form.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="options" opt="contactusoptions">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Contact Us Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you are using the built-in contact form at sendmessage.php you can specify subjects for users to pick from. An "other" option will be added to any options you specify here.<br /><br />
Each subject must be placed one per line, meaning that you need to enter a carriage return between subject (press &lt;Enter&gt;).  If you wish to direct the email from a subject to a particular user, you can either specify the user's userid on the forum or their email address.  You do this by placing the item in brackets at the start of the subject.<br /><br />Example:<br /><br />
{1} Site Feedback<br >
{example@example.com} Help<br />
Registration<br /><br />
Feedback sent to the first option "Site Feedback" would be directed to the email address of Userid #1.  Feedback sent to the second option "Help" would be directed to the email address "example@example.com". Feedback sent to the third option "Registration" would be directed to the Webmaster's email address.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="options" opt="webmasteremail">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Webmaster's Email]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the email address of the webmaster. It will be used as the From address for certain emails sent by the system.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="options" opt="privacyurl">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Privacy Statement URL</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the URL to your privacy statement, if you have one. If you don't you can leave this blank.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="options" opt="copyrighttext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Copyright Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter any copyright text that you wish to be displayed at the bottom of every page. This is in addition to the Jelsoft copyright that must be displayed per the license agreement (unless you have a "branding free" license).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="options" opt="companyname">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Company Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the name of your company here. If you use the COPPA option (see the <a href="options.php?dogroup=register&do=options" target="_blank">User Registration Options</a>) this will be displayed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="options" opt="faxnumber">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Company Fax</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter your company's fax number here. If you use COPPA (see the <a href="options.php?dogroup=register&do=options" target="_blank">User Registration Options</a>) then this fax number will be displayed as an option to allow people to send you faxed parental authorization.<br /><br />

If you need a fax number, you may wish to look at <a href="http://www.efax.com/" target="_blank">eFax</a> who provide internet-based faxing services.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="options" opt="address">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Company Address</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the street address of your company here. If you use COPPA (see the <a href="options.php?dogroup=register&do=options" target="_blank">User Registration Options</a>) then this address will be displayed as an option for those wishing to send their parental authorizations via snail mail.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="options" opt="keywords">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Meta Keywords</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Meta Keywords are used by some search engines to determine what your pages are about and to rank them. Other search engines such as Google do not take keywords into account.<br /><br />

All keywords you enter here will be put in the keywords meta tag in the header of every page. Separate keywords or phrases with a single comma and no space.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="options" opt="description">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Meta Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The Meta Description is used by some search engines to determine what your pages are about and to rank them. Other search engines such as Google do not take the description into account.<br /><br />

Enter a short description of your site here and it will be placed in the meta description tag in the header of every page. Most engines will accept a maximum of 255 characters for the description.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="options" opt="useforumjump">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use Forum Jump Menu</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The Forum Jump menu appears by default on most pages and provides a quick jump to any of the forums on your forum as well as several other places (search, private messaging, etc.). While it can have a marginal impact on performance, typically you will only want to disable this if you have an extremely large number of forums as it will generate a large amount of HTML in that case, which will increase the size of pages and bandwidth usage.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="options" opt="pagenavpages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Pages Visible in Page Navigator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On thread and forum pages, as well as private messaging lists and other places, if there are multiple page number links to be displayed, this setting determines how many are shown on either side of the page currently being viewed. Setting this to 0 will cause all page links to be displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="205" act="options" opt="pagenavs">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Relative jumps for Page Navigator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On thread and forum pages, as well as private messaging lists and other places, if there are multiple page number links to be displayed, this option selects what pages can be jumped to relative to the current one. For example, by adding 10 to the list, links will appear for current page -10 and current page +10.

Separate each number with a space.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="options" opt="enableaccess">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Access Masks</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Access masks allow you to enable or disable access to a particular forum for individual user(s). To use them, you must enable this option. This option also affects whether or not users will be able to see forums they do not have access to on forumhome and forumdisplay. (If this is off, they will see them in forum listings but not be able to enter them. If this is on, they will not see them at all.)</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="options" opt="showimicons">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Instant Messaging Program Icons</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If the user has entered their username/numbers for Skype, ICQ, AIM, MSN, and/or Yahoo! Messenger in their profile, and this is set to Yes, icons allowing quick use of this information will be displayed in various places, such as on posts, the member list, etc. If not, the information will be displayed in the user's profile in text form.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="230" act="options" opt="addtemplatename">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add Template Name in HTML Comments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">When modifying templates, it is often helpful to have this setting enabled so you can view the source of a page to determine what template(s) control it. In the course of normal usage, however, you will usually want this disabled as it will increase your page sizes and therefore bandwidth usage.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="235" act="options" opt="usestrikesystem">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Use Login "Strikes" System]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[It is recommended you enable this feature so malicious users can't try to brute force their way into user accounts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="236" act="options" opt="forumleaders">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Forum Leaders</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting is in reference to <a href="../showgroups.php" target="_blank">this page</a>.<br /><br />

You can control which groups are displayed on this page in your <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>.  Edit the usergroup in question and set the <i>Viewable on Show Groups</i> option.  It is recommended you don't enable this option for large groups like the <i>Registered Users</i> group.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="237" act="options" opt="allowedreferrers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Post Referrer Whitelist</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For example, if you have multiple sites that tie into this forum, or if you have vB-integrated hacks that POST data externally, then you may want to put those referrers on the whitelist.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="238" act="options" opt="threadmarking">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread/Forum Read Marking Type</title>
			<text date="1149029232" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This option controls how threads and forums are marked as read.
<ol>
<li class="smallfont"><i>Inactivity/Cookie Based</i> - once a user has been inactive for a certain amount of time (the value of the session timeout option) all threads and forums are considered read. Individual threads are marked as read within a session via cookies.<br /><br />This option is how all versions of vBulletin before 3.5 functioned.<br /><br /></li>
<li class="smallfont"><i>Database (no automatic forum marking)</i> - this option uses the database to store thread and forum read times. This allows accurate read markers to be kept indefinitely. However, in order for a forum to be marked read when all threads are read, the user must view the list of threads for that forum.<br /><br />This option is more space and processor intensive than inactivity-based marking.<br /><br /></li>
<li class="smallfont"><i>Database (automatic forum marking)</i> - this option is the same as a previous option, but forums are automatically marked as read when the last new thread is read. <br /><br />This is the most usable option for end users, but most processor intensive.</li>
</ol>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="239" act="options" opt="markinglimit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Database Read Marking Limit</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[With "database read marking", the unread markers on threads and forums are persistent across forum sessions.  If a user does not read a thread that is marked as unread, then that thread will remain unread every time the user visits the forum.<br /><br />

This setting allows you to force unread markers to switch to "read" after a so many days.  This would be the amount of time after which the user probably has no interest in reading that thread and therefore does not need to know that it contains unread posts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="239" act="options" opt="disable_ajax">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Disable AJAX Features</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This function allows you to disable all AJAX features or just a selection.<br />
<br />
Due to the nature of AJAX, some functions may not work fully with non-Latin languages without additional modules, such as IconV. For example, AJAX-based quick reply may work correctly on the board, but thread subscription emails do not display correctly. If something like this occurs for you, you should select "Disable Problematic AJAX Features".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="options" opt="yestoday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Datestamp Display Option</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[You have the option to display datestamps in one of three ways on your forum.<br /><br />

Set this to Normal and set the Format For Date and Format For Time options below to show the full date and time.<br /><br />

Set this to Yesterday/Today and for dates which fall into those two periods, the words will be shown, otherwise the full date and time will be shown.<br /><br />

Set this to Detailed to show "friendly" times such as "1 Minute Ago", "2 Hours Ago", or "3 Weeks Ago".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="options" opt="timeoffset">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Time Zone Offset</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the default time zone for guests and new members on your forum.  For example, if most of your visitors are from California, then you should set this to Pacific Time.<br /><br />

Note that vB3 gets your server's time zone from PHP.  If you need to change your server's time zone, then you need to change your server configuration.  You should contact your host for help with this.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="260" act="options" opt="dstonoff">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Daylight Savings</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If the time zone for the Default Time Zone Offset is currently in Daylight Savings time, set this to Yes. Remember, this only affects guests and those not logged in. Registered, logged-in users can set their own DST options in their User CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="270" act="options" opt="dateformat">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Format For Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you are using the "Normal" or "Yesterday/Today" settings for Datestamp Display, enter the format you wish to use for the display of dates here. This follows PHP's <a href="http://www.php.net/date" target="_blank">date function formatting options</a>.<br /><br />

Some examples:<br />
m-d-y becomes 04-25-98 (Standard short US format)<br />
F jS, Y becomes April 25th, 1998 (Standard long US format)<br />
d-m-Y becomes 25-04-98 (Standard short European format)<br />
jS F Y becomes 25th April 1998 (Standard long European format)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="280" act="options" opt="timeformat">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Format For Time</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the format in which the time is presented on all vBulletin pages. It uses PHP's <a href="http://www.php.net/date" target="_blank">date function formatting options</a>.<br /><br />

Some examples:<br />
<b>h:i A</b> becomes 11:15 PM<br />
<b>H:i</b> becomes 23:15]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="290" act="options" opt="registereddateformat">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Format For Registration Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user's registration date is normally shown with their posts. This determines the format of the date that will be shown and follows PHP's <a href="http://www.php.net/date" target="_blank">date function formatting options</a>. (Usually you only want to show the month, day, and year, or even just month and year.)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="300" act="options" opt="calformat1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Format For Birthdays with Year Specified</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[When a user provides their birth date, including year, it will be shown in their profile. This is the format of the date that will be shown. It follows PHP's <a href="http://www.php.net/date" target="_blank">date function formatting options</a>. You should not enter any time formatting options.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="310" act="options" opt="calformat2">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Format For Birthdays with Year Unspecified</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[When a user provides their birth date it will be shown in their profile. This is the format of the date that will be shown when the user provides the month and day but not the year. It follows PHP's <a href="http://www.php.net/date" target="_blank">date function formatting options</a>. You should not enter any time formatting options, and you should <b>not</b> enter any year code.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="315" act="options" opt="logdateformat">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log Date Format</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This if the format of dates shown in the control panel logs.  This field uses the date parameters shown <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=date" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="320" act="options" opt="cookietimeout">
			<title date="1149029171" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Session Timeout</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If a user is inactive for this number of seconds, then their forum session will expire.<br /><br />

If you use "Inactivity Based" read marking (see <a href="options.php?do=options&dogroup=general" target="_blank">General Settings</a>), then an expired session also means that all unread markers will be turned off for posts made before the session expired.<br /><br />

In any case, the user will be removed from the "Currently Active Users" list when their session expires.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="330" act="options" opt="cookiepath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Path to Save Cookies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting controls the path scope of your forum cookies. If you have multiple cookies interacting on your site, then it may be necessary to restrict the scope of your forum cookies.<br /><br />

If you want your forum cookie to work in every directory on your site, then use "/" for the path (no quotes).  This means your forum cookie will work at "yoursite.com/forum", "yoursite.com/contact", and any other directory.  You might need your forum cookie to work in any directory if you have external scripts that tie into vBulletin, like portals or other external pages.<br /><br />

If you want your forum cookie to work in a single directory (your forum directory), then use "/forum/" (insert the name of your forum directory).  The path should always start and end with a "/".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="340" act="options" opt="cookiedomain">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Cookie Domain</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting controls the domain scope of your forum cookies.  If you have multiple cookies interacting on your site, then it may be necessary to restrict the scope of your forum cookies.<br /><br />

For example, leaving this setting blank will allow your forum cookies to operate on any domain on your site.  If you have multiple domains parked on your site, then a forum cookie can be recorded for any of those domains depending on which domain is used to login to your forum.<br /><br />

You can use a value of ".yoursite.com" (no quotes, using your domain name) to allow your forum cookies to operate anywhere within that specific domain.  That includes "yoursite.com", and "*.yoursite.com" (where * is any subdomain).<br /><br />

You can use a value of "subdomain.yoursite.com" (no quotes, using your domain and any subdomain) to allow your forum cookies to operate on that specific domain and subdomain.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="350" act="options" opt="gzipoutput">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">GZIP HTML Output</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If your PHP installation has been compiled with the ZLIB libraries, then you can enable this option to compress outgoing pages and save bandwidth.<br /><br />

The client's browser must support GZIP for this to work.  If the browser does not support GZIP, then the uncompressed page will be sent instead.<br /><br />

If you are using mod_gzip on your server, then you are already compressing outgoing pages and there is no need to enable this option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="360" act="options" opt="gziplevel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">GZIP Compression Level</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting throttles the level of GZIP compression for outgoing pages.  A higher number means more compression at the expense of increased processing time per page request.<br /><br />

The valid numbers are 0 (none) through 9 (maximum).  Most people use level 1 compression because it offers the greatest compression per unit of work for the server.  Higher numbers have diminishing returns.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="370" act="options" opt="addheaders">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add Standard HTTP Headers</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Some IIS servers may need this turned on; for most web servers, it will cause the server to not function correctly. This sends HTTP 200 OK headers if turned on.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="375" act="options" opt="nocacheheaders">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add No-Cache HTTP Headers</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, no-cache HTTP headers will be added to each page. These cause full page data to be rerequested from the server every time the user gets a page, which will increase bandwidth; it may additionally cause an increase in server load as it will cause more pages to be served.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="380" act="options" opt="useheaderredirect">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Remove Redirection Message Pages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, the redirection screens that are normally displayed after a post, a search, etc. will not be shown. These reassure the user that something is happening, but they also use bandwidth and could have a slight impact on server load since more pages are served.<br /><br />

Some pages still require the redirect screens to avoid potential issues with cookies. These will be shown regardless of this setting.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="390" act="options" opt="allowphpinfo">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Public phpinfo() Display Enabled</title>
			<text date="1161596884" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[If you enable this option, anyone can view your phpinfo() page by adding &amp;do=phpinfo to a forum URL. vBulletin Support may ask you to temporarily enable this to help diagnose problems if you request technical support. Otherwise, we recommend turning it off.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="400" act="options" opt="cachemaxage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Cached Posts Lifespan</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Posts are normally stored with bbcode tags etc. in the same form as the user posted them with so that it may be edited later, and then parsed at display time. By caching them, they are parsed at post time (instead of display time) into the HTML they will be displayed in and stored separately from the pre-parsed posts. This results in a faster display on threads, since the posts do not have to be parsed at display time.<br /><br />

This option determines how long posts are stored. While a post is cached, it will take approximately twice as much storage space since it is essentially being stored twice. If you have a busy site, and threads typically don't last very long, you can probably set this to a lower value such as 10 days. If you have a slower site, and threads typically last longer, 20 to 30 days might be a better choice. If you have the disc space, you can set this to a higher value for better performance.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="410" act="options" opt="threadviewslive">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Update Thread Views Immediately</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, the thread view counter for a thread will be updated in realtime as threads are viewed. Otherwise, they will be stored and updated every hour (by default) en masse. We recommend disabling this option for larger or busier forums as updating them in realtime can have a performance impact.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="420" act="options" opt="attachmentviewslive">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Update Attachment Views Immediately</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, the attachment view counter for an attachment will be updated in realtime as attachments are viewed. Otherwise, they will be stored and updated every hour (by default) en masse. We recommend disabling this option for larger or busier forums as updating them in realtime can have a performance impact.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="430" act="options" opt="emailsendnum">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Emails to Send Per Batch</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">vBulletin has a mail queue that prevents bottlenecks when sending large numbers of emails (for example, when a new post is added to a thread that has a lot of subscriptions to it). By default, 10 emails are sent from the queue at a time. If you have a more powerful server, you can probably safely increase this number, but we do not recommend going too high on this regardless.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="450" act="options" opt="loadlimit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">*NIX Server Load Limit</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On certain *NIX setups, including Linux, vBulletin can read the server's load as reported by the operating system. vBulletin can then use this information turn away users if the server load passes this threshold. Load on *NIX systems is measured in numbers. Usually load should stay below 1, however spikes can occasionally occur, so you should not set this number too low. A setting of 5 to 7 would be a reasonable threshold.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="461" act="options" opt="imagetype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Image Processing Library</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[vBulletin provides two options for manipulating attachment thumbnails, custom avatars, and profile pictures.<br /><br />

The first is GD, which is bundled with PHP 4.3.0 and later and often available with earlier releases.  The GD v2+ library is preferable to the v1+ library so always choose v2 if you're given the opportunity by your host.  GD supports the following file types: GIF, JPEG,  and PNG.<br /><br />

The second supported library is <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org" target="_blank">ImageMagick v6</a> by ImageMagick Studio LLC.  ImageMagick is an executable binary that must be installed at the server level to be called by PHP.  Only the <i>identify</i> and <i>convert</i> binaries from ImageMagick are required by vBulletin.  ImageMagick supports the following file types: GIF, JPEG, PNG, BMP, TIFF, and PSD. ImageMagick also has better support for handling animated GIF.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="462" act="options" opt="regimagetype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Image Verification Library</title>
			<text date="1163522195" username="Kier" version="3.6.4"><![CDATA[vBulletin provides two options for generating the <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Captcha" target="_blank">dynamic image verification</a> image.
<br />
<br />
The first is GD, which is bundled with PHP 4.3.0 and later and often available with earlier releases. The GD v2+ library is preferable to the v1+ library so always choose v2 if you're given the opportunity by your host. With GD you have the choice of using an internal font or True Type fonts.  It is preferable to use True Type fonts as you can randomize the display to make it tricker for those pesky bots.  The True Type option requires that you have PHP <a href="http://www.php.net/gd" target="_blank" title="--with-freetype-dir=[DIR]">compiled with freetype2 support</a>. Having PHP compiled with freetype1 will sometimes result in the font not displaying.
<br />
<br />
The second supported library is <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org" target="_blank">ImageMagick v6</a> by ImageMagick Studio LLC. ImageMagick is an executable binary that must be installed at the server level to be called by PHP. Only the <i>identify</i> and <i>convert</i> binaries from ImageMagick are required by vBulletin. Imagemagick must be compiled with Freetype support in order to display the proper image verification.<br /><br />It is suggested that you provide your own background images and true type fonts to make your image verification unique.  Background images should be 201x61 pixels.  Fonts should be True Type fonts.  Place the files in the proper directory beneath the images/regimage folders.  The name of the files do not matter as long as images end in .jpg, .png, or .gif and fonts end in .ttf.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="464" act="options" opt="magickpath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">ImageMagick Binary Path</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Path to the ImageMagick 6 binaries (convert and identify). Example:

Unix: /usr/local/bin/
Windows: C:\imagemagick\</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="465" act="options" opt="regimageoption">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Image Verification Options</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">The difficulty of the image verification image can be controlled with these settings.  The more options that are enabled, the more difficult it will be for your users to identify the text. Enabling a setting will cause that option to be applied to each character.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="480" act="options" opt="safeupload">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Safe Mode Upload Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If your server has Safe Mode enabled, you should set this to Yes. You can determine if Safe Mode is enabled by viewing your <a href="index.php?do=phpinfo" target="_blank">phpinfo</a> page and searching for Safe Mode.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="490" act="options" opt="tmppath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Safe Mode Temporary Directory</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If your server has PHP's Safe Mode enabled, you must specify a directory that is writable by PHP and is CHMODed 777. This will act as a temporary directory for uploads before they are moved to the database. Do *not* include the final slash at the end.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="493" act="options" opt="copypostindex">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Duplicate Search Index Information on Thread Copy?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">It is not strictly necessary to index a copied thread since the original thread is already indexed.  However, you may wish to index copied threads for the sake of completeness.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="495" act="options" opt="redirectmaxage" />
		<helptopic disp="500" act="options" opt="usemailqueue">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use Mailqueue System</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this option is enabled, the Mailqueue will be turned on and thread/forum subscriptions will be sent in batches to ease the load on the server. Important emails (such as those regarding account activation and lost passwords) are sent instantly regardless of this setting.  If you enable the mail queue, then you need to also check the "Number of Emails to Send Per Batch" setting.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="510" act="options" opt="needfromemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enable "-f" Parameter]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Some email servers require the "-f" parameter to be sent with email calls from PHP. If users are not receiving email from your forum, then you can try enabling this option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="520" act="options" opt="languageid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the default language for your forum, of all the language(s) you have installed. This language will be used for guests, and for members who have not explicitly set a language in their preferences.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="530" act="options" opt="styleid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can set the Default Style for your forum from the styles you have created or added in the Styles and Templates section. All guests, and members who have not explicitly set a style choice in their preferences, will be shown this style.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="540" act="options" opt="allowchangestyles">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Users to Change Styles</title>
			<text date="1161596854" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[If you enable this option, then your users will be able to choose amongst the styles you have enabled as "User Selectable" in the "Styles &amp; Templates" section.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="550" act="options" opt="cleargifurl">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Location of clear.gif</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The clear.gif file is used as a spacer in certain places on the forum and in place of missing avatars. If you do not set this to a valid image file, users may see a broken image symbol, depending on their browser. By default it is set to 'clear.gif' which indicates that the file is in the root folder of your vBulletin installation (the same folder as forumdisplay.php). This MUST be a relative URL from the location of the root folder of your vBulletin installation.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="560" act="options" opt="storecssasfile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Store CSS Stylesheets as Files?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is enabled, you can store the CSS for your pages as files which will reduce the size of pages (since the CSS file can be cached locally and referred to from each page, instead of having all the CSS information within each page). If you enable this, you must create a directory named vbulletin_css in the clientscript folder of your vBulletin installation and the web server must have permission to create, write, and remove files from that directory. (Normally this is accomplished by CHMODing the directory 777.)</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="570" act="options" opt="usepopups">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use DHTML Popup Menus?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is enabled, certain page elements will be placed inside of popup menus.  For example, several of the navbar links will be placed inside of popup menus to save on space.  The same goes for the various thread option menus, forum option menus, etc.<br /><br />

Not all browsers support popup menus.  vBulletin automatically detects the client browser and disables popup menus when appropriate.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="575" act="options" opt="legacypostbit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use Legacy (Vertical) Postbit Template</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The postbit controls the way each individual post looks when viewing a thread.  The new postbit aligns the poster's information above the post, while the legacy postbit aligns their information to the left of the post.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="580" act="options" opt="enableemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Email Features?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting must be enabled for email functions.  This includes activation emails, post notification emails, etc.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="590" act="options" opt="displayemails">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Users to Email Other Members</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you disable this setting, users will not be able to contact other members via email through the forum. Even if you enable this setting, you can disable the display of actual email addresses by enable Use Secure Email Sending below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="600" act="options" opt="secureemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use Secure Email Sending</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is enabled, users will be presented with a form through which to email members. Otherwise, a member's email address will simply be displayed.  The "Allow Users to Email Other Members" option must be enabled for this to have any effect.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="610" act="options" opt="emailfloodtime">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email Flood Check</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the number of seconds that must elapse between emails that a user can send to other members. This is primarily to prevent a user from easily spamming members. Set it to 0 to disable this option.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="611" act="options" opt="use_smtp">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">SMTP Email</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[PHP has its own email directives that specify the connect info for the email server.  Those directives are detailed on <a href="http://www.php.net/mail" target="_blank">this page</a>.<br /><br />

You can enable this option so you can specify your own mail server info below.  This allows your forum to send emails through a mail server other than the one specified in your PHP configuration.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="612" act="options" opt="smtp_host">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">SMTP Host</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The host address needs to be a fully qualified domain name (e.g. smtp.yoursite.com), an IP address (e.g. 65.123.200.5), or some other identifying address.<br /><br />

Use "localhost" (no quotes) if the mail server is on the local machine.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="613" act="options" opt="smtp_port">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">SMTP Port</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">SMTP servers usually serve from port 25.  If the SMTP host uses a different port, then you can specify that here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="614" act="options" opt="smtp_user">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">SMTP Username</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Some SMTP servers require authentication.  In this field you can specify a username with which to authenticate.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="615" act="options" opt="smtp_pass">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">SMTP Password</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If your SMTP server requires authentication, then you need to specify a username and password with which to authenticate.  This field contains the SMTP password.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="616" act="options" opt="smtp_tls">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">SMTP Secure Connection</title>
			<text date="1153746606" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 3"><![CDATA[If you've enabled SMTP mail and your server requires a TLS connection, please set this to yes. This requires OpenSSL support to be compiled into PHP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="620" act="options" opt="enablecensor">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Censorship Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can censor words on your forum anywhere they appear in message titles or bodies. To turn on the censor, set this option to Yes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="630" act="options" opt="censorchar">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Character to Replace Censored Words</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If a word is to be censored, it will be replaced by the character(s) you specify here. It will be replaced on a one-to-one basis - that is, if the word 'dog' is censored, and this setting is set to *, 'dog' would be replaced with '***'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="640" act="options" opt="censorwords">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Censored Words</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Here are some examples of what a censor list will do to a sentence:<br /><br />

<b>Sentence:</b><br />
Dogs and cats fight when it's raining.<br />
<b>Censor List:</b><br />
{dog} cat rain<br />
<b>Censor Result:</b><br />
Dogs and ***s fight when it's ****ing.<br />
<b>Censor List:</b><br />
dog {cat} {rain}<br />
<b>Censor Result:</b><br />
***s and cats fight when it's raining.<br /><br />

Do *not* use quotation marks or the results may be unexpected or it may cause errors.  Make sure you are using curly brackets {} and not parentheses () when specifying exact words.  Also note that you cannot censor phrases here because spaces are used as delimiters.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="650" act="options" opt="blankasciistrip">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Blank Character Stripper</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[You may wish to prevent users from using certain characters in their posts, usernames, and more. These characters are usually only used to make words appear the same to a human but different to a computer. To prevent these characters from being used, enter their character codes (numbers) here, separated by spaces.<br />
<br />
You may enter character codes in two ways:
<ol>
<li>The character code number only. If this number is between 0 and 255, it is treated as a raw character code. Anytime a byte with that value appears, it will be changed. If this number is greater than 255, it is treated as if it was preceeded by a "u".</li>
<li>"u" followed by a character code, such as "u8204". This forces the character code to be treated as a Unicode code point. In this case, &amp;#8204; and the UTF-8 representation for this character will be stripped out.</li>
</ol>
Some double-byte character sets may have their display broken by using this setting. If this happens, you should remove the contents of this setting.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="660" act="options" opt="allowregistration">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow New User Registrations</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can temporarily or permanently prevent new users from registering by disabling this setting.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="670" act="options" opt="usecoppa">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use COPPA Registration System</title>
			<text date="1144879341" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enable the COPPA registration system. This complies with the US COPPA laws and requires children under the age of 13 to get parental consent before they can post. For more information about this law, visit <a href="http://www.ftc.gov/bcp/conline/pubs/buspubs/coppa.htm" target="_blank">this page</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="680" act="options" opt="moderatenewmembers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderate New Members</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this setting, all new users will be placed into a validation queue for you to approve before they are allowed full privileges. (You can determine what permissions these users have while they are awaiting validation by modifying the permissions for the (COPPA) Users Awaiting Moderation group.) If you also have Verify Email Address in Registration enabled, below, the user must first verify their email address, and then they will be put into the validation queue.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="690" act="options" opt="regimagecheck">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Image Verification</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, users will be required to pass a test during registration where an image is displayed that has a random number on it, and the user must type in the number they see in order to prove they are not an automated system attempting to register. PHP must have GD support enabled for this option to work.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="700" act="options" opt="welcomemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Send Welcome Email</title>
			<text date="1145991013" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If you enable this setting, the user will be sent an email after registration. Note if you enable Verify Email Address in Registration below, the user must verify their address before an email will be sent. If you have Moderate New Members enabled above, this setting will have no effect as the user will be sent an email once validated regardless of this setting.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="710" act="options" opt="newuseremail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email Address to Notify About New Members</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you would like one or more people to be notified when a new user registers, enter their email address(es), separated by spaces, in this field.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="720" act="options" opt="allowmultiregs">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Multiple Registration Per User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">vBulletin will, by default, stop people from signing up for multiple accounts by checking for a vB cookie on their machine; if one is found, they will not be able to sign up again. If you wish for users to be allowed to have multiple accounts, disable this setting. Keep in mind that a user can log out and remove all vB cookies for your site and then reregister if they wish.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="730" act="options" opt="verifyemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Verify Email Address in Registration</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, a user's email address will be verified during registration by sending an email to it; the user must click a link in the email to confirm that they control the email address. If they do not click the link, the user will remain in the Users Awaiting Activation usergroup until they do so, or until you remove them. If you also enable the Moderate New Members setting above, the users will be required to complete email verification and then moved to the (COPPA) Users Awaiting Moderation group for your validation.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="740" act="options" opt="requireuniqueemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Require Unique Email Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">By default, vBulletin requires a unique email address for each user. If you disable this setting, multiple users will be allowed to have the same email address.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="750" act="options" opt="minuserlength">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Username Length</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the minimum number of characters that a username must be to be valid.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="760" act="options" opt="maxuserlength">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Username Length</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the maximum number of characters that a username may be to be valid.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="770" act="options" opt="illegalusernames">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Illegal User Names</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the usernames, or parts of usernames, that you do not wish users to be able to register, separated by spaces. If you enter John, for example, no one will be able to register John, but the name Johnathan will also be disallowed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="771" act="options" opt="usernameregex">
			<title date="1142612083" username="Andreas" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Username Regular Expression</title>
			<text date="1149517762" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[You may require the username to match a PCRE-type regular expression.
<br /><br />
<span class="smallfont">(Do not start or end the expression with an escape character)</span><br />
<br />
Examples:<br /><br />
<b>^[A-Z]+$</b> - Characters from A-Z only<br />
<b>^[A-Z ]+$</b> - Characters from A-Z including space<br />
<b>^[A-Z0-9 ]+$</b> - Alphanumeric characters including space<br />
<b>^[\x20-\x7E]+$</b> - ASCII characters from 32-127<br />
<br />
See <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=preg-match" target="_blank">PHP.net</a> for more information on regular expressions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="775" act="options" opt="usereferrer">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Referrer</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, the User Referrer system will be enabled, by which each user can refer other people to the system by giving them a link containing<br />
referrid=XXX<br />
on the end (where XXX is the userid of the referring user) and if a person registers after following such a link, the user will be credited with a referral.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="780" act="options" opt="defaultregoptions">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Registration Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the default setting you want for each option on the registration form.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="785" act="options" opt="reqbirthday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Require Date of Birth</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">When this option is enabled, users will be required to enter a valid date of birth when registering.  Any users without a birthday will be required to enter one when modifying their profile.  A valid birth year is from 1901 to the current year.  Once a date of birth has been entered, the user will not be allowed to change it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="790" act="options" opt="ctMaxChars">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Title Maximum Characters</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the maximum number of characters a user may enter for a custom title.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="800" act="options" opt="ctCensorWords">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Censored Words</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the word(s) you want censored from user titles in this box. Separate each with a space.<br /><br />

To censor a word even if it appears as part of another word, for example 'dog' as part of 'dogma', simply enter the word. If you wish to be more selective, and only censor the word if it appears as a whole word by itself, you can enclose it with curly braces, like so:<br />
{dog}<br /><br />

Following are some examples. This is the sentence they will be matched against:<br />
Dogs and cats fight when it's raining.<br />
Censor list: {dog} cat rain<br />
Censor result: Dogs and ***s fight when it's ****ing.<br />
Censor list: dog {cat} {rain}<br />
Censor result: ***s and cats fight when it's raining.<br /><br />

Do *not* use quotation marks or the results may be unexpected or it may cause errors. Additionally be certain you are using curly brackets {} and not parentheses () when specifying exact words.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="810" act="options" opt="ctCensorMod">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Exempt Moderators From Censor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, moderators will be exempt from the user title censor. If you censor such words as 'moderator' from custom user titles, but want your moderators to be able to use the words in their titles, you must enable this option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="820" act="options" opt="allowsignatures" />
		<helptopic disp="820" act="options" opt="softlinebreakchars">
			<title date="1155818656" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1">Signature Soft-Linebreak Character Limit</title>
			<text date="1155818656" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[The option is related to the permission that controls how many lines a user may have in his or her signature.<br />
<br />
A line of text without a hard linebreak may wrap when displayed in a browser and actually appear as two lines. This option controls how many characters (other than linebreaks) that are allowed before the text counts as multiple lines.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="830" act="options" opt="sigmax">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Length of Signature</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the maximum number of characters that a user can use in their signature.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="840" act="options" opt="allowbbcode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow vB Code in Signatures</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, users will be allowed to use vB codes (such as [b], [i], etc.) in their signatures.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="850" act="options" opt="allowsmilies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Smilies in Signatures</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this setting, users can type such text as :) and :( and they will be converted into smilie images in their signatures. Otherwise, the text will be displayed as text.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="860" act="options" opt="allowbbimagecode">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Allow [IMG] Code in Signatures]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this, users will be able to use the [IMG] tag in their signatures to show images.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="870" act="options" opt="allowhtml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow HTML in Signatures</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[It is <b>strongly</b> recommended that you do not enable this setting. It will allow users to use HTML in their signatures, which could be used maliciously.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="880" act="options" opt="ignoremods">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Allow Users to 'Ignore' Moderators]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this setting, users will be able to add Moderators and Administrators to their ignore lists.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="890" act="options" opt="avatarenabled">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Avatars Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this setting, users will able to choose avatars, small pictures which show up on their posts under their usernames. You can enable/disable avatars on a per-usergroup level by disabling their ability to use any avatar categories under Avatars > Avatar Manager. You can enable/disable custom avatars in Usergroups > Usergroup Manager.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="900" act="options" opt="numavatarswide">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Avatar Display Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the number of columns of avatars you wish to display for the display of predefined avatars in the User CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="910" act="options" opt="numavatarsperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Avatars Per-Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the number of predefined avatars displayed per page on the Edit Avatar screen, broken into columns by the Avatar Display Width setting above.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="920" act="options" opt="profilepicenabled">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Profile Pictures Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, users will be able to use profile pictures, which are small images (usually larger than avatars) that users can upload to their profile pages. You can set this per-usergroup with the Can Upload Profile Pictures setting in Usergroup Manager.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="930" act="options" opt="reputationenable">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable User Reputation System</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This enables or disables the user reputation system.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="940" act="options" opt="reputationhide">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Users to Hide Their Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, users will be able to disable the display of their reputation to the public. (Users will still be able to give reputation to users who have disabled the public display of their reputation.)</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="945" act="options" opt="reputationundefined">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Undefined</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the reputation 'description' that will be given to any user that has a reputation that is lesser than the smallest reputation level.<br /><br />For example, if your lowest reputation is -300, any user with a reputation of -301 or smaller will have this description.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="950" act="options" opt="reputationdefault">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the reputation level that each user is given when they register. You as the administrator must have a level that is at least equal to or less than this value.<br /><br />

If you change this value then you may want to <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">rebuild your reputations</a> to give existing users to same base reputation level.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="960" act="options" opt="showuserrates">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Reputation Ratings to Display</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is how many of the most recent ratings that a user has received to show them in their User CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="970" act="options" opt="adminpower">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Administrator's Reputation Power]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the number of reputation points that an administrator gives or takes with each reputation click. Set this option to 0 to have administrators follow the same rules as all other users.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="980" act="options" opt="rdpower">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Register Date Factor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For every X number of days that a user has been registered, they are given one more point of reputation-altering power.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="990" act="options" opt="pcpower">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Post Count Factor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For every X number of posts that a user makes, they will gain one more point of reputation-altering power.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1000" act="options" opt="kppower">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Point Factor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For every X points of reputation that a user gets, they gain one more point of reputation-altering power.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1010" act="options" opt="minreputationpost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Post Count</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting is the number of posts that a user must have before his reputation hits count towards other's reputation points.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1020" act="options" opt="minreputationcount">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Reputation Count</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the amount of reputation that a user must have before his reputation hits affect other's reputations.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1030" act="options" opt="maxreputationperday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Daily Reputation Clicks Limit</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the number of reputation clicks that a user may give over any 24 hour period. Administrators are exempt from this limit.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1040" act="options" opt="reputationrepeat">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation User Spread</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the number of different users that a person must give reputation to before they can hit the same person again. Administrators are exempt from this limit.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1050" act="options" opt="unallowvbcode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow vB Code in User Notes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is enabled, user notes can contain vB code and it will be parsed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1060" act="options" opt="unallowsmilies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Smilies in User Notes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is enabled, smilies will be parsed in User Notes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1070" act="options" opt="unallowimg">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Allow [IMG] Code in User Notes]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is enabled, the [img] tag may be used in User Notes and it will be parsed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1080" act="options" opt="unallowhtml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow HTML in User Notes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, you can use HTML in user notes and it will be parsed. (This is <b>strongly</b> not recommended!)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1090" act="options" opt="enablememberlist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Members List Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is enabled, the display of the Member List will be enabled. The Member List shows all users who are in groups that have "Viewable on Memberlist" enabled in Usergroups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1093" act="options" opt="memberlistposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Users who would normally show on the member list will not show until they reach this number of posts.<br /><br />

This can be used to prevent new registrations from being listed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1095" act="options" opt="memberlistfields">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Member List Field Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Check what profile fields you want to appear on the <a href="../memberlist.php" target="_blank">member list page</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1100" act="options" opt="memberlistperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Members Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines the number of members displayed per page on the members list.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1110" act="options" opt="usememberlistadvsearch">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Advanced Searches</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, users will be able to perform advanced searches on the Member List.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1120" act="options" opt="profilelastpost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Last Post on Profile Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, a user's last post will be be shown on the user's profile page. This can increase table locking due to large table scans, as well as the load of your server. This option should only be enabled for smaller forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1130" act="options" opt="enablebanning">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Banning Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, the following ban settings will apply.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1140" act="options" opt="banip">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Banned IP Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter any IP addresses you wish to ban in this box, separated by spaces. You can enter a full IP address, or any partial IP address. vBulletin starts at the beginning of an IP address and matches out. You should be very careful when banning IP addresses, especially partials, as you will in all likelyhood hit at least one innocent person for every one who is a legitimate banning target, if you even manage to hit a legitimate target at all.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1150" act="options" opt="banemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Banned Email Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter email addresses, or the @ symbol and email domains, separated by spaces to ban people from registering with that email or partial email.<br /><br />

You can use a partial email by entering the @ symbol followed by the domain name: @example.com. You can opt to disallow current users from keeping banned email addresses below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1155" act="options" opt="aggressiveemailban">
			<title date="1155818963" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1">Agressive Email Banning</title>
			<text date="1155818986" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[This changes email banning to use a method that catches more email addresses. If you enable this option, any email address that contains one of the entries in the "Banned Email Addresses" option will be considered a banned email.<br />
<br />
If you do not enable this option, emails will only be banned if the entry is matched at the end of the email address. For example:<br />
<strong>Enabled:</strong> Banning "example" bans example@something.com and something@example.com.<br />
<strong>Disabled:</strong> Banning "example" effectively bans nothing. If you wish to ban something@example.com, you must enter "example.com".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1160" act="options" opt="allowkeepbannedemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow User to Keep Banned Email Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can disallow users from keeping an email address after you ban it by enabling this option. If you do so, the next time any users affected by the email ban attempt to modify their profile they will be prompted to enter a different address.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1170" act="options" opt="globalignore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Tachy Goes to Coventry</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting allows you to set certain users as being globally ignored. Their posts etc. are not seen by any users except themselves. This gives them the illusion that they are still functioning members of the forum when in reality nobody is seeing their posts. Enter a list of userids separated by spaces.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1173" act="options" opt="allowedbbcodes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enabled Built-in BB Codes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to enable and disable all the built-in bbcodes in vBulletin.<br /><br />

Disabling a bbcode will prevent it from working anywhere on the forum, including signatures, private messages, user notes etc.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1178" act="options" opt="codemaxlines">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Maximum [CODE] Lines]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Code is displayed as preformatted text which does not wrap when it reaches the edges of the table.  By placing the code within a scroll box we avoid the situation where the preformatted text streches the forum layout.  This setting allows you to specify the maximum height of the scroll box before a scroll bar is displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1179" act="options" opt="quickedit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Quick Edit</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Quick Edit allows an editing control to be opened up directly in the thread.  If the user's browser doesn't support Quick Edit, the user will be taken to the normal editing screen.  User's may go to the Advanced Editor at any time by pressing the 'Go Advanced' button at the bottom of the editor.  Users will need to go to the Advanced Editor to utilize the editor tool bar.  The advantage of the Quick Edit is that the user is not taken to a new page to edit the post and when the user is done, the post is modified without any new page loads.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1180" act="options" opt="quickreply">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Quick Reply Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, a box will appear at the bottom of each showthread page allowing a user to quickly reply to the current topic without loading the full newreply page. You can opt below to only allow users to use QR after clicking on a post's QR icon. Even if QR is enabled users are still able to use the full newreply page.

If you use the 'require click' option, users will have to click a post's QR icon to be able to use QR. Otherwise, they will not, <b>but</b> this has the expense of making Threaded/Hybrid view not very useful, as the system has no way of knowing which post a user is replying to and will simply at it at the end; threaded/hybrid views will become non-sensical.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1180" act="options" opt="multiquote">
			<title date="1148819740" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Multi-Quote Enabled</title>
			<text date="1150976414" username="Scott" version="3.6.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[Multi-quote allows a user to select multiple posts by clicking a button on each post. When the user clicks a button to reply, the text of each selected post will be quoted in the reply box.<br />
<br />
Since this feature allows users to respond to multiple posts at once, any posts made using this feature will not fit into a threaded hierarchy so beware!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1180" act="options" opt="mqlimit">
			<title date="1150976775" username="Scott" version="3.6.0 Beta 4">Multi-Quote Quote Limit</title>
			<text date="1150976775" username="Scott" version="3.6.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[The Multi-Quote Quote Limit is used to restrict the amount of quotes that can be added by a user via the Multi-Quote button. This is intended to restrict the potential for abuse to the system.<br /><br />
It should be noted that this will not restrict the number of quotes that can be added to a post, potentially a user could enter the Quote tags manually.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1200" act="options" opt="postminchars">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Characters Per Post</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the minimum number of characters a user must put in a post before it is allowed to go through. Set this to 0 to disable it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1210" act="options" opt="ignorequotechars">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Ignore Words in [QUOTE] Tags for Min Chars Check]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, all text within [quote] tags in a post will be ignored when determining how many characters that post has. Some users like to quote large posts and add a smiley or some other small bit of text as a response, and this prevents that.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1220" act="options" opt="quotetitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Automatically Quote Post / Thread Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this setting, the title field of new posts will be field with the thread or parent post's title, prefixed by 'Re: '. The user can still edit it if they wish. If you disable this setting, the title box will be blank by default.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1230" act="options" opt="postmaxchars">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Characters Per Post</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Set this option to the maximum number of characters you wish to allow in one post. If you set this to 0 it will disable the maximum character check.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1240" act="options" opt="maximages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Images Per Post/Signature</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Set this to the maximum number of images you wish to allow per post and signature. For the purposes of this count, the post and any signature the user has are counted together. Set this to 0 to disable the images count.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1250" act="options" opt="stopshouting">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Prevent 'SHOUTING']]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Users who type words in all CAPS will have them changed to first-letter-capitalization only, or all lowercase, depending on the word(s), if the text contains at least this many characters.<br />
If you set this to 0, this function will be disabled.<br />
For some international forums with different character sets this setting may cause issues, and in that case should be disabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1260" act="options" opt="allowdynimg">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Allow Dynamic URL for [IMG] Tags]]></title>
			<text date="1161596872" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[If you enable this setting, users will be able to use dynamic URLs (those containing ? and &amp; among other special characters) in the [IMG] tag. This may post a slight risk of malicious use depending on what the "image" on the other end of the URL does. It could possibly read or set cookies or do a number of other things. Typically this setting should be disabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1270" act="options" opt="floodchecktime">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Time Between Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enter a number other than 0 (which will disable this function) here, it will cause a user to be forced to wait at least this many seconds between posts. It can prevent a user from attempting to flood your forum with new posts, through either manual or automatic means. Administrators and moderators are always exempt from floodcheck.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1280" act="options" opt="editthreadtitlelimit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Time Limit on Editing of Thread Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the number of minutes in which a user may edit the title of a thread that he starts, and have it apply to the thread listing screen (forumdisplay). After this time period, the change will only apply to the title shown in the first post of the thread. (Administrators and moderators with permission may always edit the title of the thread as shown on forumdisplay through the Edit Thread function.)</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1290" act="options" opt="addpolltimeout">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Time Limit on Adding a Poll to a Thread</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting is the number of minutes in which a user may add a poll to a thread he just created. Administrators and moderators with 'caneditpoll' permission may always add a poll to a thread after creation.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1295" act="options" opt="edittimelimit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Time Limit on Editing of Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the time in minutes after the post was posted.  If a user posted a post at 1:00 PM and this setting is set to 5, then that user will not be able to edit that post after 1:05 PM.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1300" act="options" opt="noeditedbytime">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Time to Wait Before Starting to Display 'Edited by...']]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the number of minutes that a user has to edit his post without the <i>Edited by xxx</i> message being appended at the bottom of an edited message.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1310" act="options" opt="logip">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log IP Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this setting is set to Do Not Log IP, no IPs will be logged when messages are posted. If set to Display, But Require Admin or Mod, then the IP will be logged and an administrator or moderator with permission can view it. Display Publicly will show the IP on the post itself for all to see.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1320" act="options" opt="allowvbcodebuttons">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Clickable Message Formatting Controls</title>
			<text date="1161596906" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[If you set this option to Disable Controls, no one will be able to use the enhanced toolbar that assists users in using BB Codes, or the <span style="cursor:help; border: 1px dotted black;" title="What You See Is What You Get">WYSIWYG</span> editor, which allows users to use a Word-like editing box. Using Disable Controls will also keep the Clickable Smilies box from showing.<br /><br />

Setting this option to Enable Standard Controls will allow users to opt to use a vB2-style toolbar for quick use of BB Codes.<br /><br />

Setting this option to Enable Standard &amp; WYSIWYG Controls will allow users to choose between the standard and WYSIWYG controls.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1335" act="options" opt="editormodes">
			<title date="1155819213" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1">Enable Clickable Message Formatting Controls</title>
			<text date="1155819213" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[This option controls what level over editor formatting controls are available in various areas.<br />
<br />
The full editor option controls all areas other than quick reply and quick edit.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1340" act="options" opt="smtotal">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Smiliebox Total Smilies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the total number of smilies you wish to be shown in the clickable smiliebox before the user must click to see more. If you would like to hide the clickable smiliebox for all users, set this to 0.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1350" act="options" opt="smcolumns">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Smiliebox Smilies Per Row</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If the clickable smiliebox is enabled, enter the number of smilies that should be shown per row here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1360" act="options" opt="wysiwyg_smtotal">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">WYSIWYG Smilie Menu Total Smilies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Use this option to set the number of smilies that will appear in the WYSIWYG popup smilie menu before the 'show all smilies' link is displayed.<br /><br />

Set this value to 0 if you would like to hide the popup smilie menu completely.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1370" act="options" opt="attachtotalspace">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Limit Space Taken Up By Attachments (Total)</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a byte value.<br /><br />

1024 bytes = 1 kilobyte<br />
1048576 bytes = 1 megabyte<br /><br />

The total file size of a post's attachments cannot exceed this number.  If you allow users to attach multiple files to a post then the combined file size of the post's attachments cannot exceed this number.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1380" act="options" opt="attachlimit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachments Per Post</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a positive integer number or 0.<br /><br />

vBulletin allows users to attach multiple files to a single post.  This setting defines the maximum number of files that a user may attach to one post.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1390" act="options" opt="attachboxcount">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachment Inputs</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting limits how many attachments can be uploaded at one time.  This does not limit how many total attachments can be uploaded per post.<br /><br />

For example, if a user wants to attach 5 files to their post (assuming you allow at least 5 attachments per post) and you only allow 3 files to be uploaded at a time (this setting), then the user will need to select and upload 3 of the 5 files first and then select and upload the last 2 files after the first 3 are done.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1395" act="options" opt="attachurlcount">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachment URL Inputs</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is similar to the "Attachment Upload Inputs" option above, except it is for "URL input boxes" instead of "file location boxes".<br /><br />

"URL attachments" are copied to your server at post time, similar to custom avatars.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1400" act="options" opt="allowattachdel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Deletion of Attachments Beyond Edit Time Limit</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The time limit that this setting refers to is <a href="options.php?dogroup=posting&do=options" target="_blank">here</a> (Time Limit on Editing of Posts).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1401" act="options" opt="allowclosedattachdel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Deletion of Attachments in Closed Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The time limit that this setting refers to is <a href="options.php?dogroup=posting&do=options" target="_blank">here</a> (Time Limit on Editing of Posts).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1410" act="options" opt="allowduplicates">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Duplicate Attached Images</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this setting is set to "No" then vBulletin will not allow the same user to post the same attachment twice.  This can be used to prevent users from taking up unnecessary database space with identical attachments.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1420" act="options" opt="viewattachedimages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View Attached Images Inline</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enable this option to display attached images inline, meaning attached images are displayed within the posts themselves instead of having to click a link within the posts to view the attached images.<br /><br />

Enabling this option makes for convenient viewing of attached images but also increases the load time of threads with lots of attached images, increases bandwidth usage, and increases server resource usage when a user loads a thread with lots of attached images.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1430" act="options" opt="attachthumbs">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Thumbnails</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[A thumbnail is a smaller version of an image.  When thumbnails are enabled attached images that are shown inline will be represented by a smaller version of that image.  A user can then click on the thumbnail to view the full-size image.<br /><br />

Enabling thumbnails is useful in conserving bandwidth on forums where attachments are displayed inline and in preventing large (dimensions) attached images from stretching the forum layout.<br /><br />The border and dimensions options require either the GD2 or Imagemagick image processing libaries. These options will not add anything if you are using the GD1 library.<br /><br />

If you are enabling this option and have existing image attachments on your forums, you will need to <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">rebuild your thumbnails</a> to generate thumbnails for those existing attachments.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1440" act="options" opt="attachthumbssize">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thumbnail Size</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter positive integer number.  Thumbnails will be constrained to a height and width no larger than this number.<br /><br />

If you are changing this value and have existing image attachments on your forums, you will need to <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">rebuild your thumbnails</a> to update those existing attachments.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1445" act="options" opt="thumbquality">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thumbnail Quality</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Quality vs file size... it's a trade off.  You can experiment to find a good setting.  75 is usually a good compromise.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1450" act="options" opt="attachrow">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thumbnails Per Row</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a positive integer number.<br /><br />

This setting can be used to appropriately fit thumbnails to your forum layout.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1451" act="options" opt="thumbpng" />
		<helptopic disp="1460" act="options" opt="maxpolloptions">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Poll Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting limits the number of choices a user can put in a poll.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1465" act="options" opt="maxpolllength">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Poll Option Length</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">When typing the text for a poll option, the number of characters in the input field cannot exceed this number.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1470" act="options" opt="updatelastpost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Update Thread Last Post on Poll Vote</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enabling this option will "bump" threads with polls whenever some one submits a vote to the poll.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1480" act="options" opt="showvotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Required Thread Rating Votes to Show Rating</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a positive integer number.<br /><br />

Thread ratings are relatively inaccurate with just a few votes.  This setting can be used to delay the results until enough votes have been cast to give a more accurate rating.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1490" act="options" opt="votechange">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Thread Rating Vote Changes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option allows users to rate a thread and then change that rating later.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1500" act="options" opt="enablesearches">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Engine Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Searching is a very useful feature but it can be quite server intensive on busy forums.  If you are concerned about server load you can disable this feature.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1510" act="options" opt="searchfloodtime">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Time Between Searches</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting can be used to limit the number of searches any one user can perform within a certain time period.  This is useful in preventing the search feature from taking too many server resources on busy forums.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1520" act="options" opt="minsearchlength">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Index Minimum Word Length</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the minimum word length that the search engine is to index.<br /><br />

For example, if this is set to 4 then users can't search for 3 letter words.  You can reduce the size of your database by increasing this number and reindexing <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1530" act="options" opt="maxsearchlength">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Index Maximum Word Length</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the maximum word length that the search engine is to index.<br /><br />

For example, if this is set to 15 then users can't search for 16 letter words.  You can reduce the size of your database by decreasing this number and reindexing <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1540" act="options" opt="goodwords">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Words to be Included Despite Character Limit</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Use this setting to include special words in the search index that are outside the range of word lengths to be indexed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1550" act="options" opt="searchperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Results Posts Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For example, if this is set to 25 then the user will need to go to the second page of search results to see matches 26-50.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1560" act="options" opt="maxresults">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Search Results to Return</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For example, if this is set to 200 and a search finds 300 results then only the first 200 matches will be displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1570" act="options" opt="allowwildcards">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Search Wild Cards</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option allows users to use wildcards (an asterisk *) in their searches.  The asterisk respresents any number and combination of characters in the part of the search word in which it is used.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1580" act="options" opt="similarthreadsearch">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Automatic Similar Thread Search</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enabling this option will build a list of similar threads for a thread when it is posted.  To actually show the similar threads you need to have the "Show Similar Threads" option enabled <a href="options.php?dogroup=showthread&do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.<br /><br />

If you are concerned about server load you can disable this feature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1585" act="options" opt="searchsharing">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Result Sharing</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[In order to conserve resources, vBulletin will allow search results to be shared among users for one hour. The downside of this is that search results can appear out of order if a thread is updated in the interim. Example, a user searches for 'test' in last post order.  Thirty minutes later another user searches for test.  If the second search has the same parameters as the first (sort order, search type, etc) then vBulletin will use the cached result.  If the order of threads has changed because some have been posted to, the results will no longer be in date order.  This is a cosmetic issue that can be rectified by disabling this option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1590" act="options" opt="similarthreadthreshold">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Similar Threads Relevance Threshold</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Search results are scored by relevance.  This setting defines the minimum score a thread must have in a "similar threads" search to qualify as a similar thread.<br /><br />

You can see and change the scoring system <a href="options.php?dogroup=searchfunc&do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1595" act="options" opt="badwords">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Words to be excluded from search</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Several common words are already excluded from searches.  These "default bad words" can be seen in the <i>includes/searchwords.php</i> file.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1598" act="options" opt="searchimagecheck">
			<title date="1155819310" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1">Guest Search Image Verification</title>
			<text date="1155819310" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1">If this option is enabled, guests will need to verify that they are human by entering the contents of a verification image into a text box.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1600" act="options" opt="multimatchscore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Multi-Word Match Bonus Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results that contain more of the words in a multi-word search string.<br /><br />

For example, if your search string consists of two words then posts that contain both words will be given higher relevance than posts that only contain one of the two words.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1610" act="options" opt="datescore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Date Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results that are newer.<br /><br />

This can be deceiving for multi-word searches.  For example, for multi-word search strings a search result might only match one of the words but end up with a higher relevance score than an older search result that matched all of the words.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1620" act="options" opt="threadtitlescore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Thread Title Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results whose threads contain search words.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1630" act="options" opt="posttitlescore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Post Title Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results whose titles contain search words.  This is for post titles, not thread titles.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1640" act="options" opt="replyscore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Reply Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results contained within threads with a high reply count.<br /><br />

Remember that quantity doesn't necessarily equal quality.  In this way, this setting can skew the search results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1650" act="options" opt="replyfunc">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Reply Function</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to perform a PHP function on the $replyscore of a search result.  An example would be to return the log() (Natural logarithm) value of the $replyscore.  You would do this by entering 'safelog' as the function name.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1660" act="options" opt="viewscore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance View Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results contained within threads with a high view count.<br /><br />

Remember that quantity doesn't necessarily equal quality.  In this way, this setting can skew the search results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1670" act="options" opt="viewfunc">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance View Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to perform a PHP function on the $viewscore of a search result.  An example would be to return the log() (Natural logarithm) value of the $viewscore.  You would do this by entering 'safelog' as the function name.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1680" act="options" opt="ratescore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Rating Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results contained within threads that have a high thread rating.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1690" act="options" opt="ratefunc">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Rating Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to perform a PHP function on the $ratingscore of a search result.  An example would be to return the log() (Natural logarithm) value of the $ratingscore.  You would do this by entering 'safelog' as the function name.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1700" act="options" opt="forumhome">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Script Name for Forum Home Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[You can use this setting to change the name of your forum index file so that you can put another index file in it's place.  The replacement index file might be a forum intro page or a portal of some kind.  There are many possible applications.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1710" act="options" opt="displayloggedin">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Logged in Users?</title>
			<text date="1145485707" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enabling this option shows a list of users that are browsing your forums on the main page.  Disable if you are concerned about performance.<br /><br />There are 4 options:<br /><br />
<strong>Yes, Alphabetical to all visitors</strong> - This option will show an alphabetized list of users to guests and members.<br />
<strong>Yes, Random to all visitors</strong> - This option will show a random order list of users to guests and members.<br />
<strong>Yes, Alphabetical to members only</strong> - This option will show an alphabetized list of users to  members only.<br />
<strong>Yes, Random to members only</strong> - This option will show a random order list of users to members only.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1720" act="options" opt="showbirthdays">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Display Today's Birthdays?]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enable this option to display today's birthday's on your forum homepage.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1730" act="options" opt="birthdaydatecut">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show birthdays for active users only</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to display only the birthdays of active users.  The "Display Today's Birthdays" option must be enabled for this setting to be applicable.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1740" act="options" opt="showevents">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Calendar Events?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting can be used to limit the number of upcoming events that are displayed on your forum homepage.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1750" act="options" opt="showholidays">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Holidays</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enable this option to display holidays in the upcoming events.  Holidays can be managed <a href="admincalendar.php?do=modifyholiday" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1760" act="options" opt="showeventtype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Upcoming Event Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting lets you group upcoming events by event or by date.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1765" act="options" opt="activememberdays">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Active Members Time Cut-Off</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you would like to distinguish between those members who visit regularly and those who registered and then disappeared, this setting is for you.<br />
<br />
By specifying a number of days for this setting, the system will treat members who have not visited the board within that time as 'inactive'.<br />
<br />
This option is used as the cut-off mechanism for the 'Active Members Options' settings.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1767" act="options" opt="activememberoptions">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Active Members Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[As the description says, you can restrict member birthdays to active members.  This is useful in preventing "birthday clutter" caused by inactive members who no one really cares about.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1770" act="options" opt="forumhomedepth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Depth of Forums - Forum Home</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[For example, if this is set to 2 and your forums are arranged like this:<br /><br />

parent<br />
--child<br />
----child's child<br /><br />

Then you will only see the first two levels on your forum homepage:<br /><br />

parent<br />
--child]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1780" act="options" opt="forumdisplaydepth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Depth of Forums - Forum Display</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[For example, if this is set to 2 and your forums are arranged like this:<br /><br />

parent<br />
--child<br />
----child's child<br /><br />

And you are currently viewing the "parent" forum then you will see the first two levels of the parent forum's subforums on the forumdisplay page:<br /><br />

--child<br />
----child's child]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1790" act="options" opt="subforumdepth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Depth of Sub-Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Use this option to display deep subforums as text links in the parent's forum description area.<br /><br />

For example, if your forums are setup like this:<br /><br />

parent<br />
--child<br />
----child's child<br /><br />

And your forum depth is set to 2 and this setting is set to 3 then you will see the first two forums displayed "fully" on the forum homepage while the level 3 "child's child" forum will appear within the "child" forum's description:<br /><br />

parent<br />
--child<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>child forum's description.</i><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Sub-Forums:</b> child's child]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1800" act="options" opt="showforumdescription">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Forum Descriptions in Forum Listings</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Exactly what it says.  Forum descriptions can be managed when you edit a specific forum <a href="forum.php?do=modify" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1805" act="options" opt="showprivateforums">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Private Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select 'No' here will hide private forums from users who are not allowed to access them. Users who do have permission to access them will have to log in before they can see these forums too.<br /><br />Either of the yes options will allow users to see all forums that they don't have access to.  The ability to see the forum's post count is controlled by the two yes options.  If a forum is passworded, it is treated as a private forum until the user enters the valid password.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1810" act="options" opt="hideprivateforums">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Private Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[A private forum is one that the current logged in user doesn't have access to. Disabling this option will hide private forums from users so they don't know what they're missing. ;)<br /><br />

If you enable this option then users will be able to see private forums but not access them.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1820" act="options" opt="showlocks">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Lock Icons to Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enable this option to display a lock icon on forums that the logged in user does not have access to.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1830" act="options" opt="lastthreadchars">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Thread Title Maximum Displayed Characters</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is useful in preventing long thread titles from taking up too much space and stretching the table cells.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1840" act="options" opt="showmoderatorcolumn">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Moderator Column</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[You can disable this option to hide the moderator column if, for example, you don't have any forum moderators, you don't want your users to see that column, or you just don't like the moderator column taking up space.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1845" act="options" opt="nav_forumdesc">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Forum Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Within any forum, enabling this option will show the forum's description in a box underneath the navbar near the top of the page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1850" act="options" opt="showforumusers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Users Browsing Forums</title>
			<text date="1145485621" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enabling this option shows a list of users that are browsing a particular forum on its forumdisplay.php page.  Disable if you are concerned about performance.<br /><br />There are 4 options:<br /><br />
<strong>Yes, Alphabetical to all visitors</strong> - This option will show an alphabetized list of users to guests and members.<br />
<strong>Yes, Random to all visitors</strong> - This option will show a random order list of users to guests and members.<br />
<strong>Yes, Alphabetical to members only</strong> - This option will show an alphabetized list of users to  members only.<br />
<strong>Yes, Random to members only</strong> - This option will show a random order list of users to members only.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1860" act="options" opt="maxthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Displayed Threads Before Page Split</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the maximum number of threads per page on forumdisplay.php.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1870" act="options" opt="showstickies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Sticky Threads on All Pages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Sticky threads are shown at the top of the forum thread listing.  Enable this option to not only show sticky threads at the top of the listing, but also at the top of each page of threads.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1880" act="options" opt="showdots">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Highlight Threads in Which User Has Posted</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This feature is good for helping users keep track of their footsteps on busy forums.  On less busy forums this feature is less useful.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1890" act="options" opt="usehotthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Hot Threads Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">A thread is hot if it has at least X number of views and/or X number of replies.  You can set the minimum number of views and replies below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1900" act="options" opt="hotnumberviews">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Hot Threads Qualifying Views</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the minimum number of views required for a thread to be hot.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1910" act="options" opt="hotnumberposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Hot Threads Qualifying Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the minimum number of posts required for a thread to be hot.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1920" act="options" opt="linktopages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Multi-Page Thread Links Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option allows users to go from the forum thread listing directly to a specific page in a thread without having to view the first page of the thread first.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1930" act="options" opt="maxmultipage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Multi-Page Thread Maximum Links</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If a thread has 75 pages you probably don't want a link to each page in the forum's thread listing page.  Use this option to limit the number of linked pages.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1940" act="options" opt="threadpreview">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Length of Thread Preview Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">When you mouse-over a thread link a small hovering windows appears that shows the content of the first post in the thread.  This setting is the maximum number of characters to show.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1950" act="options" opt="oneannounce">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Group Announcements</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[When disabled, this option makes it so all announcements in a forum are shown as individual links (like threads) on the forumdisplay.php page.  When enabled, this option combines all announcements one "thread" where each announcement is a "post."]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1960" act="options" opt="showthreadusers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Users Browsing Threads</title>
			<text date="1145485645" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enabling this option shows a list of users that are browsing a particular thread on its showthread.php page.  Disable if you are concerned about performance.<br /><br />There are 4 options:<br /><br />
<strong>Yes, Alphabetical to all visitors</strong> - This option will show an alphabetized list of users to guests and members.<br />
<strong>Yes, Random to all visitors</strong> - This option will show a random order list of users to guests and members.<br />
<strong>Yes, Alphabetical to members only</strong> - This option will show an alphabetized list of users to  members only.<br />
<strong>Yes, Random to members only</strong> - This option will show a random order list of users to members only.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1970" act="options" opt="maxposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Displayed Posts Before Page Split</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If a thread has 40 posts and this is set to 10, then the posts will be split over 4 pages.  The user can set their own preference in their User CP if you give them the option (see "User-Settable Maximum Displayed Posts" below).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1980" act="options" opt="usermaxposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User-Settable Maximum Displayed Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can give your users the option to pick a different number of posts per page setting.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1990" act="options" opt="showdeficon">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Default Post Icon</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This post icon will be used on a post if the user doesn't choose one when posting.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2010" act="options" opt="wordwrap">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Characters Before Wrapping Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is useful in preventing long words from stretching your forum layout.<br /><br />

Remember that, unless you are using preformatted text, X number of characters does not equal a specific width because different characters are different widths.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2020" act="options" opt="threadvoted">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Check Thread Rating</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">It only makes sense not to present the user with a voting form if they have already voted, but you may wish to disable this option is you are concerned about performance.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2030" act="options" opt="threadsubscribed">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Check Thread Subscription</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">It is convenient for the user to have this option enabled so they know when they have subscribed to a thread they are viewing, but you may wish to disable this option if you are concerned about performance.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2040" act="options" opt="showsimilarthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Similar Threads?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting displays the similar thread box.  The <a href="options.php?do=options&dogroup=search" target="_blank">Automatic Similar Thread Search</a> option does the actual work to find similar threads.  Disable both options if you don't want this feature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2045" act="options" opt="postelements">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Post Elements</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Post elements are bits of information that can be displayed in the user information box in posts.  Put a check next to the elements you want to be displayed.<br /><br />

Keep in mind that these post elements add processing time to thread pages.  For example, to get a user's age vBulletin needs to do some math on the user's birth date and the current date in order to get an age out of it.  This calculation is done for each post being displayed on a thread page.  The additional overhead is small but is there nonetheless.  If you are wanting to optimize your forum for speed then you should disable these post elements.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2050" act="options" opt="allowthreadedmode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Threaded / Hybrid Mode</title>
			<text date="1150976353" username="Scott" version="3.6.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[These modes are different ways to view posts within a thread.  The user can set their own preference in their User CP.<br />
<br />
Threaded mode shows a tree of links to individual posts within the thread.  The tree shows the threadedness of the posts by indenting reply posts under the post they are in reply to.  Only one post is viewable at a time.<br />
<br />
Hybrid mode shows the threaded tree of post links as well as the linear expansion of those posts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2060" act="options" opt="threadedmode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use Threaded Mode by Default</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Threaded mode shows a tree of links to individual posts within the thread.  The tree shows the threadedness of the posts by indenting reply posts under the post they are in reply to.  Only one post is viewable at a time.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2070" act="options" opt="threaded_listdepth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Threaded Mode: Posts Depth</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Posts have relative depth in threaded mode.  Take this threaded structure for example:<br /><br />

firstpost<br />
-reply1<br />
--re: reply1<br />
---re: re: reply1<br />
-reply2<br />
--re: reply2<br /><br />

If you are viewing "firstpost" then both "reply1" and "reply2" are one level deep.  If you are viewing "reply1" then "re: reply1" is one level deep and "re: re: reply1" is 2 levels deep.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2080" act="options" opt="threaded_maxcache">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Threaded Mode: Maximum Cached Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is basically like the <a href="options.php?dogroup=showthread&do=options" target="_blank">Maximum Displayed Posts Before Page Split</a> setting in terms of thread load time.  If this setting is set to 40 then vBulletin will load a maximum of 40 posts "in the background" so the page doesn't have to reload for each of those 40 posts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2085" act="options" opt="threaded_trimtitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Threaded Mode: Trim Titles</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting is in reference to the post titles that are associated with posts in the tree of posts that is displayed in a pane at the top of a thread when using hybrid or threaded mode.<br /><br />

Limiting the length of these post titles in the pane can help to make the post tree more readable and prevent it from running off of the pane and forcing a horrizontal scroll bar.  This becomes more of a problem with threads that have deep post trees.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2090" act="options" opt="enablepms">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Private Messaging Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Private messaging allows users to send eachother personal messages using your forums, similar to email.  Only the recipient of a private message can read it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2100" act="options" opt="checknewpm">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Instant Messaging Support</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enable this feature to alert users of new private messages while they are browsing your forums.  This is not true instant messaging because the recipient of a private message must load a forum page to initiate the prompt.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2110" act="options" opt="pmmaxchars">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Characters Per Private Message</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Use this setting to limit the length of private messages.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2120" act="options" opt="pmfloodtime">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Floodcheck - Minimum Time Between Messages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the minimum number of seconds that must pass before a user can send another private message.  Use this setting to prevent users from spamming your users with private messages.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2130" act="options" opt="pmperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Messages Per-Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For example, if a user has 100 private messages in their inbox and this is set to 50 then their private messages will be split over 2 pages.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2140" act="options" opt="pmmaxperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Messages Per-Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If a user has more private messages than are allowed on one page by this setting then they will be split across multiple pages.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2150" act="options" opt="privallowicons">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Message Icons for Private Messages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Message icons are like smilies for private message titles.  You can manage your message icons <a href="image.php?do=modify&table=icon" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2160" act="options" opt="privallowbbcode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow vB Code in Private Messages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">vB Codes allow you to add certain html elements to messages (bold text, italic text, underlined text, lists, etc).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2170" act="options" opt="privallowsmilies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Smilies in Private Messages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enable this option to make smilie codes parse into their images.  You can manage your smilies <a href="image.php?do=modify&table=smilie" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2180" act="options" opt="privallowbbimagecode">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Allow [IMG] Code in Private Messages]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[[IMG] code allows users to display inline images, like this:<br /><br />

[IMG]http://www.domain.com/image.gif[/IMG]]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2190" act="options" opt="privallowhtml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow HTML in Private Messages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">HTML code allows the user tremendous freedom in formatting their messages but also allows for malicious code to be inserted.  Allowing HTML code is not recommended.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2200" act="options" opt="WOLenable">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Who's Online Enabled]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enable this option to allow viewing of the <a href="../online.php" target="_blank">online.php</a> page.  This page shows a detailed list of currently active users, their locations, etc. This option only applies to online.php, not the "Currently Active Users" list on the <a href="../{$vbulletin->options[forumhome]}.php" target="_blank">forumhome</a> page.<br /><br />

Reported locations <b>do</b> take forum permissions into consideration.  For example, if a user in the online list is viewing a forum that the current logged in user doesn't have access to, then online.php will only report that they are viewing a forum and not give the name of the forum.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2210" act="options" opt="WOLrefresh">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Who's Online Refresh Period]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The <a href="../online.php" target="_blank">who's online page</a> auto refreshes itself.  This setting determines how often it refreshes.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2220" act="options" opt="WOLguests">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Who's Online Display Guests]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">A guest is a user that does not have a forum account or is not logged in.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2230" act="options" opt="WOLresolve">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Who's Online Resolve IP Addresses]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enabling this option will cause IP addresses on the who's online page to be resolved to hostnames.  The IP viewing privilege is a <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">group permission</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2240" act="options" opt="enablespiders">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Spider Display</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Spiders are programs that browse the internet and index web sites.  Enabling this option will identify guests that are spiders according to the definitions in the settings below.<br />
<br />
See <a href="http://www.vbulletin.com/docs/html/spider_xml_file" target="_blank">this page</a> in the vBulletin manual for information on how spiders are identified.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2270" act="options" opt="archiveenabled">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum Archive Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Some search engines don't like "dynamic" pages with parameters in the URLs, like http://www.domain.com/index.php?parameter=value.  The archive feature gives search engines "static" URLs from which to access your forum content.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2275" act="options" opt="archive_threadtype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Simple View of Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Disabling this option will cause the thread links in the archive to link to the actual threads on the main forum (dynamic URLs and all).  For example, instead of:<br /><br />

<i>http://www.yoursite.com/forum/archive/index.php/t-1.html</i><br /><br />

...you will get:<br /><br />

<i>http://www.yoursite.com/forum/showthread.php?t=1</i>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2280" act="options" opt="archive_threadsperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum Archive Threads Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the number of threads to display per page on the archive's thread listing pages.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2290" act="options" opt="archive_postsperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum Archive Posts Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the number of posts to display per page in the archive's threads.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2300" act="options" opt="adminquickstats">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Control Panel Quick Statistics</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting is referring to the first page of the Admin CP, <a href="index.php" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2310" act="options" opt="cpstylefolder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Control Panel Style Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a style for the Admin and Moderator control panels.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2320" act="options" opt="timeoutcontrolpanel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Timeout Admin Login</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option will force admins to relogin if they are in the Admin CP for too long.  This is more secure but potentially annoying.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2330" act="options" opt="cp_collapse_forums">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Collapsing in Forum Manager?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting is in reference to <a href="forum.php?do=modify" target="_blank">this page</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2340" act="options" opt="cp_usereditcolumns">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Editor Columns</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting is in reference to <a href="user.php?do=add" target="_blank">this page</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2350" act="options" opt="externaljs">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable External Javascript</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enabling this option will allow people to receive a feed of the latest threads in specific forum(s). This may be included into a webpage to provide dynamic content.
<br /><br />
The option refers specifically to a Javascript feed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2360" act="options" opt="externalrss">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable RSS Syndication</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enabling this option will allow people to receive a feed of the latest threads in specific forum(s). This may be included into a webpage or RSS reader to provide an automatically updated latest threads display.
<br /><br />
The option refers specifically to an RSS feed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2370" act="options" opt="externalxml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable XML Syndication</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enabling this option will allow people to receive a feed of the latest threads in specific forum(s). This may be included into a webpage or other program to provide an automatically updated latest threads display.
<br /><br />
The option refers specifically to an XML feed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2375" act="options" opt="externalcutoff">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread Cutoff</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This option controls how far back, a scan for updated posts will undertake.  The optimum setting it to choose a value that will generally result in 15 updated threads for guests. A busy forum will usually have 15 or more threads updated in an hour so the proper value for that forum would be to use <em>1</em>.  If a forum only receives a few updates a day, then increasing the value past 24 hours would be advisable.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2380" act="options" opt="errorlogdatabase">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log Database Errors to File</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter a full server path.  You might want to record database errors to a file if you chose not to have them emailed to you.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2390" act="options" opt="errorlogsecurity">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log Failed Admin Control Panel Logins to File</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter a full server path.  Recording failed Admin CP logins is useful for knowing when some one is trying to hack into your forums.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2395" act="options" opt="errorlogphp">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log PHP Warnings to a File</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a path here.  For example, on a Windows server the path might be something like:<br /><br />

<i>C:\logs\vbulletin.log</i><br /><br />

Or on a *nix server it might be something like:<br /><br />

<i>/home/yoursite/logs/vbulletin.log</i>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2400" act="options" opt="errorlogmaxsize">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum File Size of Error Logs</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter a byte size.  1048576 bytes = 1 megabyte</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2410" act="options" opt="disableerroremail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Disable Database Error Email Sending</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you do not want to be notified about database errors by email then set this option to Yes.  It is recommended that you keep at least one of the error reporting features enabled, whether that is email notification or a log file.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2470" act="options" opt="enablehooks">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Plugin/Hook System</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The plugin/hook systems allows for insertion of arbitrary code into specific locations in the PHP files without having to edit the files.  This can be used to extend the functionality of vBulletin without hacking.<br /><br />

For troubleshooting purposes, you can turn off the plugin/hook system with this setting so you can eliminate your code as a possible cause.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="searchtype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Fulltext searching uses a search index that is constructed by MySQL itself, whereas vBulletin's own search feature uses its own index.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="searchtype" opt="deleteindex">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Indices</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[When switching a forum to the fulltext search mode, you will want to consider emptying the indices that the default search engine built.  These indices are not used by the fulltext search and consume a large portion of your database.  You should be certain that you are going to permanently use the fulltext search before removing these indices since, generally, it takes a lot of time and server load to rebuild these indices.  Another consideration is during any time that the fulltext option is enabled, these indices will not be updated by any new posts.  Using fulltext search for an extended period of time will leave these indices stale and you may still wish to rebuild them.<br /><br />You can also empty these indices in the <i>Update Counters</i> section of <i>Maintenance</i>.<br /><br />You may want to optimize the <i>postindex</i> and <i>word</i> tables afterwards by going to the <i>Repair / Optimize Tables</i> section of <i>Maintenance</i>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="phrase">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Phrases</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=language&pageaction=&option=">Languages</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=phrase&pageaction=&option=">Phrases</a><br /><br />

<b>Phrases:</b><br />
vBulletin's phrase system is used to make the templates language-independant.  Everywhere there would normally be a hard coded, language-specific phrase there is a variable that parses to the value of the phrase for the language in which the user is viewing your forums.  Some phrases will be represented in the templates like this:<br /><br />

<i>$vbphrase[phrase_identifier]</i><br /><br />

While other phrases that have variables in them will be represented like this:<br /><br />

<i>&lt;phrase 1="value for variable 1" 2="value for variable 2"&gt;$vbphrase[phrase_identifier]&lt;/phrase&gt;</i><br /><br />

In the above example, the variables {1} and {2} in the phrase "phrase_identifier" will be replaced with the values you see definied in the template.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a new Phrase</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you can add a new phrase for use in the templates. The phrase will be called like this from the templates:
$vbphrase[variablename]
where variablename is a brief description of what the phrase is.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="phrasetypeid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Phrase Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The phrase type is a way of categorizing your phrases to make it easier to find them later. This consists of several built-in types, as well as any you have added. Select what type your new phrase is from the list.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="varname">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Variable Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The variable name is how you will refer to your phrase from the templates. It should not contain any spaces or special characters - meaning, only use A-Z, a-z, 0-9, -, and _ in the name.<br /><br />

To call the phrase from the templates, use<br />
$vbphrase[variablename]<br />
where variablename is what you put in this box.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="text">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text to insert</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the default text for the phrase. This will not be shown to users; only the "translated" versions will be shown. You can optionally enter a translation for each language you have installed. If you do not enter a translation for a language, the text from this field will be shown for that language. You can always add a translation for any language at a later date.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="delete">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Phrase</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this phrase.  Click the "Yes" button below to delete this phrase.  Deleting this phrase will also delete any translated versions of it in other languages.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing a Phrase</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can edit an existing phrase for use in the templates. You cannot change the variablename or text to insert; you can only change the translations of the phrase.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="edit" opt="languageid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select MASTER LANGUAGE if you want this phrase to be part of the MASTER LANGUAGE of vBulletin, otherwise select "Custom Language".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="findorphans">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Find Orphan Phrases</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page shows you a list of all orphan phrases.  An orphan phrase is a phrase that does not belong to any language.  For each language you have installed, there will be a column with a series of checkmarks and "x"'s to indicate whether the phrase is or isn't translated into that language, respectively.<br /><br />

For each orphan phrase you are given the option to keep it or not.  Select the "Keep" or "Delete" radio button on the right.  If you want to keep all or delete all orphan phrases then click the appropriate button at the top.  Click the "Continue" button at the bottom to perform the selected action and proceed to the next orphan phrase.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="findupdates">
			<title date="1142601887" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Find Updated Phrases</title>
			<text date="1142601887" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[vBulletin's default phrases are sometimes updated during upgrades. This page shows you what customized phrases may need to be recustomized as a result of the default phrases changing.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="manageorphans">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Manage Orphan Phrases</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">These orphan phrases need parents.  Below is a list of all translations for each orphan phrase.  You need to choose one translation to be default... the orphan phrase will then be adopted by that parent language.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Phrases</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you can see all existing phrases. For each language you have installed, there will be a column with a series of checkmarks and "x"'s to indicate whether the phrase is or isn't translated into that language, respectively.<br /><br />

Clicking 'Edit' to the extreme right of any phrase allows you to modify, add, or remove translations for that phrase. If this is a custom phrase, there will be a link to Delete it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="quickref">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Quickref</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This window allows you to quickly view all phrases for all languages.  Select a language and phrase category in the menus at the bottom and click the "View" button.  To view each phrase's variable name and value just click on the phrase name in the scroll box on the left.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="search">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Searching Phrases</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can search for a specific phrase. This searches all languages for the text you specify.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="search" opt="searchstring">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Find phrases containing text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the text you want to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="25" act="search" opt="languageid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search in Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the language in which you want to search.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="search" opt="searchwhere">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search for text in</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you only want to search the actual text of the phrase, select 'Phrase text only'. If you only want to search the variable name (e.g. in $vbphrase[august], august is the variable name) select 'Variable name only'. If you want to search in both places, select 'Phrase text and variable name'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="search" opt="casesensitive">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use case-sensitive search</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, the search being performed will be done in a case-sensitive manner, meaning exactly what you type will be searched for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="search" opt="replacestring">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Replace with Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The search text will be replaced with this text.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="plugin">
		<helptopic disp="4" act="productadd" opt="allowoverwrite">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Allow Overwrite</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether the uploaded product may overwrite an existing, installed product to prevent you from accidentally reinstalling an existing product.<br />
<br />
If you are upgrading an existing product, simply set this to yes. Your customized options, templates, and phrases will not be altered.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="5" act="productadd,productedit" opt="productid">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Product ID</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is the unique identifier for your product. It may only contain a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _. This is used to associate all related data with your product. It may not be changed after the product is created.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="productadd,productedit" opt="title">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Product Title</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is the name of your product. It is shown to users when they view their list of currently installed products.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="productadd,productedit" opt="version">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Version</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This page may display two version numbers.<br />
<br />
<strong>Product Version</strong><br />
This is the current version of your product. It is important to increment this when you make changes to your product so install codes can be managed properly and your users will know when there is a newer version out.<br />
<br />
<strong>Install/Uninstall Code Version</strong><br />
This is the version the install/uninstall code is associated with. When you release a product that requires code to be run during installation or uninstallation, you should associate it with the first version of the product that requires the code.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="productadd,productedit" opt="description">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Product Description</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is simply a description of the product. It is shown to the user when viewing the list of installed products.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="productadd,productedit" opt="url">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Product URL</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the URL that users will go to to receive information about your product. If provided, the product's name will be linked to this URL in the installed product list.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="productadd,productedit" opt="versioncheckurl">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Version Check URL</title>
			<text date="1155556794" username="Scott" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[This allows you to specify a URL that can be called to check for the latest version of your product. Any URL may be specified, but it must return data in a specific format.<br />
<br />
For the version check to function properly, data returned from the specified URL should be in the format of:

<blockquote><pre>&lt;version productid="<strong>x</strong>"&gt;<strong>1.2.3</strong>&lt;/version&gt;</pre></blockquote>

<strong>x</strong> should be replaced with the ID of the product that the version applies to. <strong>1.2.3</strong> should be replaced with the latest version of the product.<br />
<br />
Note: A POST request will be made to the server. Some configurations deny this for static files so you mad need to use PHP to serve the data.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="productedit" opt="dependencytype">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Dependency Type</title>
			<text date="1153746182" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 3"><![CDATA[The product dependency system allows you to specify specific requirements for your product. If a user does not meet one or more of your requirements, he/she will not be able to install your product.<br />
<br />
This option controls what the required item is. You may select from:
<ol>
<li>PHP Version</li>
<li>MySQL Version</li>
<li>vBulletin Version</li>
<li>Product ID - this option allows you to specify the ID of another product that must be installed <em>and enabled</em> before this product can be installed</li>
</ol>

Using the <em>Compatibility Starts With Version</em> and <em>Incompatible With Version</em> options, you may specify a range of versions that are compatible with your product.<br />
<br />
<strong>Note:</strong>. If you specify multiple entries for a specific dependency type, the person installing your product must only meet one dependency per type. For example, if you require PHP to be less than 4.2.0 and PHP to be greater than or equal to 4.3.0, as long as the user meets one of those two requirements, the install will continue.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="productedit" opt="maxversion">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Incompatible With Version</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the first incompatible version. All versions newer than this are also incompatible. If you wish to only require a minimum version, you may leave this field blank.<br />
<br />
This version is not considered compatible. For example, if you specify that your product is incompatible with PHP 5.0.0, a user with PHP 5.0.0 Beta 1 will be able to install your product, while a user with PHP 5.0.0 or 5.0.1 would not.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="productedit" opt="minversion">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Compatibility Starts With Version</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls the minimum compatible version. You may leave this blank if you wish to have no minimum version.<br />
<br />
This version is included in the compatibility. For example, if you require PHP 5.0.0, 5.0.0 will qualify. However, 5.0.0 Beta 1 will not.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="productedit" opt="installcode">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Install Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is code that will be executed when a user installs your product.<br />
<br />
It will only be executed if the version the code is associated with has not been installed. For example, if you select a version of 1.0, when a user first installs your product, this install code will run. If he/she later upgrades from 1.0 to 1.1, install code associated with 1.0 will <em>not</em> run.<br />
<br />
When multiple install codes must be run (such as if you have install codes for 1.0 and 1.1 and the user does not have any version of your product installed), they will be executed in ascending version order. That is, 1.0 code will execute before 1.1 code.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="productedit" opt="uninstallcode">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Uninstall Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This code will be executed when a user uninstalls your product. Code will be executed from newest version to oldest version. For example, if there is uninstall code associated with versions 1.0 and 1.1, the 1.1 code will run before the 1.0 code.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="profilefield">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About User Profile Fields</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>User Profile Fields:</b><br />
User profile fields have two main applications.  First, they can be used to hold information about your users.  For example, a default vBulletin profile field is the "Location" field where a user can enter their location.  Second, profile fields can be used as forum options to drive conditionals in your templates.  This application is explained in <a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=profilefield&pageaction=edit&option=form">this</a> help topic.<br /><br />

There are different types of profile fields that can be selected when creating a new profile field on the <a href="profilefield.php?do=add" target="_blank">Add New User Profile Field</a> page.  Below are examples of each kind of profile field:<br /><br />

<b>Single-line Text Box (input)</b>: In HTML, this is<br />
<span style="font-family:monospace;">&lt;input type="text" name="" /&gt;</span><br />
which equates to this:<br />
<input type="text" name="none" value="" /><br /><br />

<b>Multi-line Text Box (textarea)</b>: In HTML, this is<br />
<span style="font-family:monospace;">&lt;textarea name=""&gt;&lt;/textarea&gt;</span><br />
which equates to this:<br />
<textarea name="none" rows="3" cols="20"></textarea><br /><br />

<b>Single-selection Radio Buttons (radio)</b>: In HTML, this is<br />
<span style="font-family:monospace;">&lt;input type="radio" name="a" /&gt; Option 1<br />
&lt;input type="radio" name="a" /&gt; Option 2</span><br />
which equates to this:<br />
<input type="radio" name="a" /> Option 1<br />
<input type="radio" name="a" /> Option 2<br /><br />

<b>Single-selection Menu (select)</b>: In HTML, this is<br />
<span style="font-family:monospace;">&lt;select name="sel"&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="1"&gt;Option 1&lt;option&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="2"&gt;Option 2&lt;option&gt;<br />
&lt;/select&gt;</span><br />
which equates to this:<br />
<select name="sel">
<option value="1">Option 1</option>
<option value="2">Option 2</option>
</select><br /><br />

<b>Multiple-selection Menu (select multiple)</b>: In HTML, this is<br />
<span style="font-family:monospace;">&lt;select name="sel" multiple="true" size="3"&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="1"&gt;Option 1&lt;/option&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="2"&gt;Option 2&lt;/option&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="3"&gt;Option 3&lt;/option&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="4"&gt;Option 4&lt;/option&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="5"&gt;Option 5&lt;/option&gt;<br />
&lt;/select&gt;</span><br />
which equates to this:<br />
<select name="sel" multiple="true" size="3">
<option value="1">Option 1</option>
<option value="2">Option 2</option>
<option value="3">Option 3</option>
<option value="4">Option 4</option>
<option value="5">Option 5</option>
</select><br /><br />

<b>Multiple selection Checkboxes (checkbox)</b>: In HTML, this is<br />
<span style="font-family:monospace;">&lt;input type="checkbox" name="name" value="1" /&gt; Option 1<br />
&lt;input type="checkbox" name="name" value="2" /&gt; Option 2</span><br />
which equates to this:<br />
<input type="checkbox" name="name" value="1" /> Option 1<br />
<input type="checkbox" name="name" value="2" /> Option 2<br /><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a User Profile Field</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can add a user profile field. A user profile field is a field that the users fill in during registration (or afterwards on their Edit Profile page) that can then be displayed in various places.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the profile field as displayed to your users and in the admin control panel. It can be up to 50 characters long.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="description">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the description of the field as shown to your users. You should describe here what the field is intended for, and if it is required field or not, and/or if it is private from other users or not.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="data">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Multiple Choice Fields</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Select Fields</b><br />
In this box, put each value that should appear as an option. Make sure to press Enter after each option or it will not work correctly!<br />
<br />
<b>Radio Fields</b><br />
In this box, put each value that should appear as a radio button. Make sure to press Enter after each option or it will not work correctly!<br />
<br />
<b>Checkbox Fields</b><br />
In this box, put each value that should appear as a checkbox. Make sure to press Enter after each option or it will not work correctly!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="maxlength">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Input Length</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Maximum Input (Input, Textarea only)</b><br />
This setting is how many characters a user is allowed to enter into this field.<br />
<br />
<b>Maximum Input (for Optional Field, Select, Radio only)</b><br />
This setting is how many characters a user may enter into the optional field.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="size">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Field Length &amp; Limit Boxes]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Field Length (<i>Input, Textarea only</i>)</b><br />
This is how many characters long the input should appear on the forms. This should be less than or equal to the maximum number of characters allowed to be entered into this field.<br />
<br />
<b>Field Length (for Optional Field, <i>Select, Radio only</i>)</b><br />
This setting is how many characters long the input field should appear as on the form. It is recommended that you set this to be equal to or less than the maximum number of characters the user may enter as set above.<br />
<br />
<b>Limit Boxes (<i>Select Multiple only</i>)</b><br />
This is how many options the user may choose. Set to 0 to allow the user to select all options.<br />
<br />
<b>Limit Boxes (<i>Checkbox only</i>)</b><br />
This setting is how many checkboxes the user may check total for this field. Enter 0 to allow them to select all checkboxes.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="65" act="add,edit" opt="newtype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Profile Field Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a field type for this profile field.  Please see the General Topics for examples of each type of profile field.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="height">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Field Height (<i>Textarea only</i>)]]></title>
			<text date="1152785567" username="Scott" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[This is how many rows high the input should be on the forms. It is recommend that you set this to at least 2 for user sanity reasons.<br />
<i>This only applies to Textarea type fields</i>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit" opt="def">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Set Default?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Select Fields</b><br />
If you wish to have the first option set as the default choice for this field, set this to Yes. Otherwise, a blank line will be the default. This is useful to force users to select an option at registration if this is a required field.<br />
<br />
<b>Radio Fields</b><br />
If this is set to Yes, the first radio button will be preselected for the user. Otherwise, none will be selected. This is useful if you wish to force a user to select one if this field is required.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="add,edit" opt="perline">
			<title date="1147805177" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Items Per Line (<i>Radio, Checkbox only</i>)]]></title>
			<text date="1147805194" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This setting is how many controls to display per line on forms. Set this to 0 to show all controls on one line, unless they wrap naturally due to screen width.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="add,edit" opt="boxheight">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Box Height (<i>Select Multiple only</i>)]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is how tall the box should be. If you have 12 options and want 3 of them displayed without the user having to use the scrollbar, set this to 3. It is recommended that you set this to at least 3 for user sanity reasons.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="add,edit" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This sets the order in which fields are displayed. The default is to add it to the end of your current fields. Display order starts at 1 and can be any whole positive number (e.g. don't use decimals or fractions).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="add,edit" opt="required">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Field Required?</title>
			<text date="1147797903" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[<b>Yes, at registration and profile updating</b> - User will be required to complete this field at registration and when updating their profile.<br />
<br />
<b>Yes, always</b> - User will be required to complete this field at registration.  Enabling this setting will force all users to complete it before they can continue using your forum.<br />
<br />
<b>No</b> - Completion of this field is optional.<br />
<br />
<b>No, but display at registration</b> - Completion of this field is optional but it will appear at registration.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="175" act="add,edit" opt="editable">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Field Editable by User?</title>
			<text date="1147803250" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[<b>Yes</b> - User may edit this field at any time.<br />
<br />
<b>No</b>  - User may never edit this field.<br />
<br />
<b>Only at registration</b> - User may only edit this field at registration or if it is set to be required and it is blank.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="add,edit" opt="hidden">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Private Field</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, this field can be filled in by the user but will only be viewable to those with the proper usergroup permission.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="add,edit" opt="searchable">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Field searchable on member's list]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to No, users will not be able to search using this field on the Member's List Advanced Search. If this field is set to Private than only those users with the proper usergroup permission will be able to search on it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="add,edit" opt="memberlist">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Show on member's list?]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to Yes, this field will be displayed on the Member's List for each user. If you set this field as Private, only those with the proper usergroup permission will be able to see this field on the Member's List.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="add,edit" opt="optional">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Allow Additional Field? (<i>Select, Radio only</i>)]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, the user will be allowed to fill in a text input field as an alternative to the options you have given for this field.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="add,edit" opt="regex">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Regular Expression (<i>Select, Input, Radio, Textarea only</i>)]]></title>
			<text date="1161192426" username="freddie" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[You may require this field's contents to match a PCRE-type regular expression. For example, you could have a field that is for the user's ICQ number. Since ICQ numbers consist of only numerals, you could write a regular expression to check for non-numerals. 
<br /><br />
Example: <span class="smallfont">(Do not start or end the expression with an escape character)</span><br />
<br />
<b>^[0-9]{7,8}$</b><br />
<br />
If you want to allow an empty response to be given, you need to account for it within the regex:<br />
<br />
<b>^[0-9]{7,8}$|^$</b><br />
<br />
See <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=preg-match" target="_blank">PHP.net</a> for more information on regular expressions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="add,edit" opt="form">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Which page displays this option?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This controls what page the profile field is displayed on. Most likely you want to leave this on "Edit Profile" but if you wish to create your own user options that can be manipulated via template conditionals then select "Options". This field will then appear on the "Options" page of the User CP. Also, this field will not appear when viewing a user's profile.<br /><br />

As mentioned, you can use template conditionals to add additional options for your users. For example, you can make this profile field a "one option" check box field under one of the "Options" categories.  You can then use the field as a conditional to display something in your postbit template.  If the "Name" of this profile field is field1 then you can use this code in your postbit template:<br /><br />

<i>&lt;if condition="$post['field1']"&gt;<br />
<font color="green">code to display if the user has checked the profile field</font><br />
&lt;/if&gt;</i><br /><br />

The <font color="green">green</font> code in the middle will only be displayed if the user has checked the profile field in their options.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Profile Field</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can edit this user profile field. A user profile field is a field that the users fill in during registration (or afterwards on their Edit Profile page) that can then be displayed in various places.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Profile Field Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this page you can manage your user profile fields.  User profile fields are used to hold information and preferences about your users.<br /><br />

Click the [Edit] link to edit the settings of the corresponding profile field.  Click the [Delete] link to do exactly that (this will lose information if users have information in the field!).<br /><br />

User profile fields can be displayed in posts next to the author's name.  If you want to display a profile field in posts then you need to edit your <b>postbit</b> or <b>postbit_legacy</b> template (depending on which one you use as is indicated by the "Use Legacy (Vertical) Postbit Template" option in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=stylelang&do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>) and add <b>$post[fieldX]</b> where <b>X</b> is the field ID of the profile field as shown under the "Name" column on this page.<br /><br />

Below is a list of existing profile fields.  The "Title / Profile Field Type" column tells you the name and type of the profile field.  Please see the General Topics for examples of each type of profile field.<br /><br />

The "Options" column tells you which options are enabled for the corresponding profile field.  Profile fields can be required, editable, private, searchable, and shown on the <a href="../memberlist.php" target="_blank">member list</a> - or not.<br /><br />

The "Name" column tells you the field number of the corresponding profile field.  You can use a profile field's field number to make it show in user posts (see above).<br /><br />

The "Display Order" column tells you the display order of the corresponding profile field.  Display orders are used to order profile fields on the various pages of the User CP on which they can be displayed.  You can change display orders on this page by editing the display order fields and clicking the "Save Display Order" button.<br /><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Profile Field</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this profile field.  Deleting this profile field will lose information if your users have information in this field.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="queries">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Execute SQL Query</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=backup&pageaction=&option=">Database Backup</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=repair&pageaction=&option=">Repair / Optimize</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=misc&pageaction=&option=">Update Counters</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=diagnostic&pageaction=&option=">Diagnostics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=queries&pageaction=&option=">Execute SQL Query</a><br /><br />

<b>Execute SQL Query:</b><br />
This page can be used to run queries on your forum database.  This can be useful for mass-updating records in your database.  You should always backup your database before querying it.  Any valid MySQL query can be run here.  See <a href="http://www.mysql.com/" target="_blank">mysql.com</a> for more information.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Execute SQL Query</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This feature lets you run queries on your vBulletin database.  You should backup your database before querying it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="modify" opt="autoquery">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Automatic Query</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[These are predefined queries for managing user settings.  Select the query you want to run and click the "Continue" button to execute it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="modify" opt="query">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Manual Query</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can manually type in the query you want to run.  Only one query can be run at a time. Once a query is executed it can not be reversed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="modify" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Results to Show Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Queries return results after they are executed.  Here you can specify the number of returned results to show per page.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="rankphp">
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="stack" />
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="ranks">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About User Ranks</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>User Ranks:</b><br />
Users ranks are rank insignia based on post count and usergroup that are displayed next to names in posts.  User ranks work very similar to user titles, the main difference being that user titles are for all usergroups while user ranks can be created for specific usergroups.  In this way you can create different rank insignia for different usergroups.  User ranks appear next to names in posts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New User Rank</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can add a new user rank.  Please see the individual help topics below if you have questions about the options.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="ranklevel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of times to repeat rank</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the number of times that this rank image or text will be repeated when it is displayed next to a user's name in their posts.<br /><br />

For example, if you specify a rank text of "Captain" and this setting is set to 2, then the user's rank will be shown as "CaptainCaptain".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="minposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the minimum number of posts required for a user to obtain this rank.  When a user in the specified usergroup reaches this many posts then they will be given this rank.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the usergroup to which this rank applies.  The users to whom is applied depends on the value of the "Display Type" setting. If you select "Always", all users with this usergroup in his/her primary <strong>or</strong> secondary groups will receive this rank. If you select "If Displaygroup = This Group", then only users that identify themselves as this group will receive this rank.<br />
<br />
Select "All Usergroups" to have this rank apply to everyone regardless of their usergroup.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="rankimg">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Rank File Path</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a file path to an image for this rank.  The path should be relative to your main forum directory.  For example, if the image you want for this rank is named rank.gif and you upload it to the images directory within your forum directory then you would enter: images/rank.gif<br /><br />

Alternately, you can leave this field blank and fill in the next one instead.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="rankhtml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Rank Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you want to display text for this rank instead of an image, then leave the previous field blank and fill in this field instead.  You can use HTML code in this field.<br /><br />

Some HTML tags you might want to use here include:<br /><br />

&lt;b&gt;rank&lt;/b&gt; = <b>rank</b><br />
&lt;i&gt;rank&lt;/i&gt; = <i>rank</i><br />
&lt;u&gt;rank&lt;/u&gt; = <u>rank</u><br />
&lt;font color="red"&gt;rank&lt;/font&gt; = <font color="red">rank</font><br />
&lt;font size="4"&gt;rank&lt;/font&gt; = <font size=3">rank</font>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="stack">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Stack Rank</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If chosen, the rank will be stacked when appearing with other ranks.  Otherwise the rank will be placed to the left of other ranks.  In html terms, this option controls whether or not a &lt;br /&gt; tag is inserted before the rank.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="display">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<strong>Always</strong>: This rank will always be displayed if a member has this rank's usergroup as their primary or one of their secondary groups.<br /><br />
<strong>If Displaygroup = This Group</strong>: This rank will only be displayed if a member's displaygroup is equal to this rank's usergroup.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit User Rank</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can edit this user rank. Please see the individual help topics below if you have questions about the options.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Rank Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the user rank manager.  Here you can manage ranks based on post count for one or all usergroups.  Ranks can be represented by images or text (HTML is allowed).<br /><br />

Below is a list of all existing ranks (if any).  The ranks below are grouped by the usergroups to which they apply.  The "User Rank" column shows the image or text that is granted to the user when they qualify for the corresponding rank.  The "Minimum Posts" column shows you the post count that is needed to acquire the corresponding rank.<br /><br />

Click the [Edit] link to the right of a rank to change its target usergroup, minimum required post count, and the image / text that is the rank.  Click the [Delete] link to delete the rank completely.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Rank</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this rank.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="repair">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Repair / Optimize</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=backup&pageaction=&option=">Database Backup</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=repair&pageaction=&option=">Repair / Optimize</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=misc&pageaction=&option=">Update Counters</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=diagnostic&pageaction=&option=">Diagnostics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=queries&pageaction=&option=">Execute SQL Query</a><br /><br />

<b>Repair / Optimize:</b><br />
This script can be used to repair / optimize your database.  If you are getting database errors caused by corruption then running this script might fix them.  An alternative to repairing your database with this script is to run a <a href="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/REPAIR_TABLE.html" target="_blank">REPAIR TABLE</a> query from the mysql prompt through a telnet / SSH connection to your server (if you have access).<br /><br />

You can also use this script to optimize your tables.  You should optimize your database tables if you have recently pruned a large number of threads, posts, users, etc.  Optimizing helps you reclaim unused space which can reduce the size of your database.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="list" opt="optimizetables">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Optimize Tables</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Database tables should be optimized if you have deleted a large part of a table or if you have made many changes to a table with variable-length rows (tables that have VARCHAR, BLOB, or TEXT columns).  Optimizing helps you reclaim unused space which can reduce the size of your database.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="list" opt="repairtables">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Repair Tables</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Repairs the selected database tables if errors are found.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="list">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Repair / Optimize Tables</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the tables below and then the appropriate action to repair your tables if they have been corrupted or optimize to improve speed.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="replacement">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Replacement Variables</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=template&pageaction=&option=">Styles & Templates</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=css&pageaction=&option=">Common Templates, StyleVars, and CSS</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=replacement&pageaction=&option=">Replacement Variables</a><br /><br />

<b>Replacement Variables:</b><br />
Replacement variables are raw string replacements for your templates that are case-<b>in</b>sensitive.<br /><br />

For example, if you create a replacement variable using the variable string "vbulletin" and the replacement string "is cool", then these template strings will be parsed into the following strings upon loading a forum page:<br /><br />

Template string: <i>Powered by vBulletin</i><br />
Parsed string: <i>Powered by is cool</i><br /><br />

Template string: <i>vBULLetin3</i><br />
Parsed string: <i>is cool3</i><br /><br />

You can use replacement variables the same way vBulletin uses stylevars (see "Common Templates, StyleVars, and CSS" link above).  If you use the same string in several templates then you can create a replacement variable for it.  You can use the replacement variable in the templates and set its value in this Replacement Variable Manager.  If you need to change the value of the string then you can edit the replacement variable which will change its value in every template where the variable occurs.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New Replacement Variable</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Here you can add a new replacement variable.  Replacement variables are useful in representing commonly used values in templates.  For example, the images directory path is used in many vBulletin templates and so it is represented by a replacement variable.  The images directory replacement variable can be edited to change the images path in every template.<br /><br />

First you need to select a style to which you want this replacement variable to belong.  The "Search for Text" field is the variable you will use in the templates.  The "Replace with Text" field is the value that will be substituted in for the replacement variable everywhere it is used.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add" opt="dostyleid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a style to which you want this replacement variable to belong.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="findtext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search for Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This field is the variable that is used in the templates.  The value in the "Replace with Text" field will be substituted in for this variable everywhere it is used.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="replacetext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Replace with Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This field is the value that will be substituted in for this replacement variable everywhere it is used.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Replacement Variable</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Here you can edit this replacement variable.  Replacement variables are useful in representing commonly used values in templates.  For example, the images directory path is used in many vBulletin templates and so it is represented by a replacement variable.  The images directory replacement variable can be edited to change the images path in every template.<br /><br />

The "Search for Text" field is the variable that is used in the templates.  The "Replace with Text" field is the value that is substituted in for the replacement variable everywhere it is used.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Replacement Variable Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page shows you replacement variables for all styles.  Replacement variables can be used in templates.  When a forum page is loaded all of the replacement variables in its templates are parsed into their replacement values.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Replacement Variable</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this replacement variable.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  If this style has any children then they will also lose access to this replacement variable when it is deleted.  This action cannot be undone!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="resources">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Viewing Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=forum&pageaction=&option=">Forums</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=forumpermission&pageaction=&option=">Forum Permissions</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=moderator&pageaction=&option=">Moderators</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=resources&pageaction=&option=">Viewing Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Viewing Permissions:</b><br />
vBulletin's permission system is very powerful and flexible, but it can be complex to work with if you are inexperienced with vBulletin.  Sometimes it is hard to know if you have permissions setup correctly.  This page allows you to confirm correct permissions for a forum for a usergroup.<br /><br />

For a detailed explanation about usergroups and forum permissions, see the general help topic for <a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=usergroup&pageaction=&option=">Usergroups</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="index">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View Forum Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to view the forum permissions for a usergroup for a specific forum.  This can be useful in confirming correct permissions when permission inheritance and other complexities are involved.<br /><br />

First select a forum and usergroup for which you want to view permissions.  Then put a check next to the permissions you want to view.  Click "Find" to view the permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="index" opt="forumid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a forum for which you want to view permissions.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="index" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a usergroup for which you want to view permissions for the selected forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="view">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Below is a report showing the forum permissions for the forum and group you selected.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="viewuser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Here you can view this user's permissions at the forum level.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="rssposter">
		<helptopic disp="10" act="edit" opt="resetlastrun">
			<title date="1149677250" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Reset Last Checked Time</title>
			<text date="1149677152" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If this box is ticked when the feed is saved, the last run time will be set so that the feed <strong>will</strong> be checked the next time the RSS Poster scheduled task is run, regardless of the TTL setting for the feed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="edit" opt="enabled">
			<title date="1149677240" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Feed is Enabled</title>
			<text date="1149677240" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If this option is set to 'No', the feed will not be checked whenever the scheduled task is run.<br />
<br />
Use this to temporarily disable a feed without deleting it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="edit" opt="title">
			<title date="1149677290" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Title</title>
			<text date="1149677290" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This should contain some text that describes the source of the feed for easy identification in the RSS Feed Manager.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="edit" opt="url">
			<title date="1149677544" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">URL of Feed</title>
			<text date="1149677544" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This box should contain the complete URL of the feed to be read.<br />
<br />
For example: <code>http://www.vbulletin.com/forum/external.php?type=RSS2&amp;forumids=1</code>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="edit" opt="ttl">
			<title date="1149677740" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Check Feed Every...</title>
			<text date="1149677740" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">While the RSS Poster scheduled task runs every ten minutes, you can limit the frequency at which this feed is checked.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="edit" opt="maxresults">
			<title date="1149677952" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Maximum Items to Fetch</title>
			<text date="1149677952" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Some feeds may list many items. If you would like to limit the number of items to read from a feed, enter a maximum number in this box.<br />
<br />
For example, if you specify '5', any items over this number will be ignored.<br />
<br />
Enter '0' to fetch all items.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="edit" opt="searchwords">
			<title date="1149679577" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Search Items for Words</title>
			<text date="1149679577" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[You may specify a list of words here with which to search the items from an RSS feed.<br />
<br />
If any of the words listed here are contained within the title (or the title <strong>and</strong> description if 'Search Titles Only' is not ticked) then the item will be posted. If not, the item will be ignored.<br />
<br />
Separate each word with a space or a new line.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="edit" opt="username">
			<title date="1149678038" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">User Name</title>
			<text date="1149678038" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enter the user name of the user as whom items from the feed will be posted.<br />
<br />
The user name must exist, though you could add a new user specifically for the purpose of posting RSS items.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="edit" opt="forumid">
			<title date="1149678060" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Forum</title>
			<text date="1149678216" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Specify here the forum into which you would like items from this RSS feed to be posted.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the forum can contain posts (is not a category) when selecting.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="edit" opt="allowsmilies">
			<title date="1149678268" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Allow Smilies</title>
			<text date="1149678268" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If this item is set to 'Yes', any smilie codes found in the RSS feed items will be parsed into their corresponding smilie images.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="edit" opt="showsignature">
			<title date="1149678310" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Display Signature</title>
			<text date="1149678310" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Select 'Yes' if you would like the signature of the user specified above to be shown on RSS feed items posted by that user.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="115" act="edit" opt="html2bbcode">
			<title date="1150892058" username="Scott" version="3.6.0 Beta 3">Convert HTML to BB Code</title>
			<text date="1150892058" username="Scott" version="3.6.0 Beta 3">When this option is enabled any HTML found within the RSS feed item will be converted to BB Code prior to posting, it is not retroactive so when enabled only new posts will have this conversion.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="edit" opt="titletemplate">
			<title date="1149682430" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Title Template</title>
			<text date="1149682430" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The title template controls how thread or announcement titles will appear when items are posted.<br />
<br />
You may use any node from the RSS XML document by entering {rss:x} into the template, where 'x' corresponds to an &lt;x&gt; node.<br />
<br />
For the most part, you will use {rss:title} to show the &lt;title&gt; node from the current RSS feed item.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="edit" opt="bodytemplate">
			<title date="1149682725" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Body Template</title>
			<text date="1149683226" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The body template controls the main text of threads or announcements for RSS items.<br />
<br />
In the same way as can be done with the <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=rssposter&amp;pageaction=edit&amp;option=titletemplate">Title Template</a>, you may use any node from the RSS XML by specifying {rss:x}. The main node to include in this template is the &lt;description&gt; and &lt;link&gt; nodes, which can be referenced with <strong>{rss:description}</strong> and <strong>{rss:link}</strong>.<br />
<br />
For example:
<pre class="alt2" style="border:inset 1px; padding:4px">[b][i]My RSS Feed[/i] Has Just Posted the Following:[/b]

<strong style="color:red">{rss:description}</strong>

[url=&quot;<strong style="color:red">{rss:link}</strong>&quot;]Click here to view the article.[/url]</pre>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="edit" opt="itemtype">
			<title date="1149683708" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Post Items as Threads or Announcements</title>
			<text date="1149683708" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Items found in RSS feeds can be posted either as new threads or as announcements.<br />
<br />
Different options apply to each post type and are detailed below.<br />
<br />
Remember that users can not reply to announcements, so if you want discussion of RSS items it's probably best to post items as threads.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="edit" opt="iconid">
			<title date="1149683270" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Post Icons</title>
			<text date="1149683270" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Allows you to pick an icon for threads posted by this RSS feed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="edit" opt="stickthread">
			<title date="1149683771" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Make Thread Sticky</title>
			<text date="1149683771" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Select this option if you would like threads posted from this feed to be made into sticky threads, which remain at the top of the forumdisplay list.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="edit" opt="moderatethread">
			<title date="1149683930" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Moderate Thread</title>
			<text date="1149683930" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If you would like your moderation staff to be able to review each item posted from this RSS feed before it appears on your forums, set this option to 'Yes'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="edit" opt="threadactiondelay">
			<title date="1149684477" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Thread Action Delay</title>
			<text date="1149684592" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If items are posted as threads, you may specify a delay in hours here and have the system then perform an action on the thread.<br />
<br />
For example, you could specify a delay of 6 hours, then have the system close threads posted by this RSS feed after that delay.<br />
<br />
A setting of '0' disables the thread action delay, so no actions will be automatically applied to threads after they are posted.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="edit" opt="unstickthread">
			<title date="1149684697" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Unstick Sticky Thread After Delay</title>
			<text date="1149684720" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Select this option to have threads posted by this RSS feed unstuck after the delay specified by 'Thread Action Delay'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="edit" opt="closethread">
			<title date="1149684703" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Close Thread After Delay</title>
			<text date="1149684686" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Select this option to have threads posted by this RSS feed automatically close after the delay specified in 'Thread Action Delay'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="edit" opt="allowhtml">
			<title date="1149684884" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Allow HTML in Announcements</title>
			<text date="1149684884" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If you enable this option, any HTML in RSS feed items will be allowed <em>as HTML</em> in announcements posted by the feed.<br />
<br />
<strong>Do not enable this option unless you trust the RSS feed source completely, as your board could be hacked if the RSS feed source contains malicious HTML.</strong>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="edit" opt="endannouncement">
			<title date="1149684933" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Days for Announcement to Remain Active</title>
			<text date="1149684933" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Announcements posted by this RSS feed will become inactive and disappear from public view after this number of days.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="stats">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Statistics</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=stats&pageaction=&option=">Statistics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=adminlog&pageaction=&option=">Control Panel Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=modlog&pageaction=&option=">Moderator Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=cronlog&pageaction=&option=">Scheduled Task Log</a><br /><br />

<b>Statistics:</b><br />
vBulletin's statistics page contains various stats for your forums.  The stats on this page include "top" stats (newest member, top poster, most users online, etc) and various forum activity stats.<br /><br />

You can run reports for a specific stat over a specific time period to view patterns of activity on your forums.  Patterns of forum activity can be used for many different things.  For example, if you run an advertising campaign for your site and want to check its effectiveness in terms of new forum registrations then you can run reports showing new registrations from before and during the campaign.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="index">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Statistics</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The [Top Statistics] link will show you the following statistics: the newest registered member, the most users online at one time, the user with the highest post count, the most replied to thread, the most viewed thread, and the most popular forum.<br /><br />

The [Registration Statistics], [User Activity Statistics], [New Thread Statistics], and [New Post Statistics] links will take you to a page where you can run a report by date showing corresponding statistic on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="reg,activity,thread,post">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Statistics Report</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this page you can run a report on the selected statistic.  Select a date range, unit of time (scope), and an order for the report.  When you are done selecting from the options you can click the "Go" button to run the report.  Please see the individual help topics below if you have questions about an option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="reg,activity,thread,post" opt="start">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Start Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a start date for this report.  Select a month, day, and year.  The selected statistic must be no older than this date for it to be included in the report.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="reg,activity,thread,post" opt="end">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">End Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select an end date for this report.  Select a month, day, and year.  The selected statistic must not be newer than this date for it to be included in the report.  You can use this setting in conjunction with the "Start Date" setting to create a window of time for this report.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="reg,activity,thread,post" opt="scope">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Scope</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select the unit of time by which you want the report to group the statistics.  If you select "Daily" then the report will tell you the number per day, etc.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="reg,activity,thread,post" opt="sort">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Order By Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA["Ascending" order will put the oldest dates at the top of the report and the newest dates at the bottom... the dates "ascend" as you get further into the report.  "Descending" is just the opposite.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="reg,activity,thread,post" opt="nullvalue">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Empty Results</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Any days, weeks, or months that have no results will not be shown if this option is set to "No".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="top">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Top Statistics</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Below is a list of trivial statistics for your forums.  You can click on the individual links in the statistics to view the corresponding user, thread, or forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="subscriptionpermission">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="1146682049" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">About Subscription Permissions</title>
			<text date="1146682643" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=subscriptions&pageaction=&option=">Subscriptions</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&do=answer&page=subscriptionpermission&pageaction=&option=">Subscription Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Subscription Permissions:</b><br />
By default, users will have the permission to purchase any of your available subscriptions (see the <a href="subscriptions.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Subscription Manager</a>).  However, you might not want users of a particular usergroup to have access to purchase a subscription.  In that case, vBulletin allows you to deny any subscription for any usergroup.  The user must not have the denied usergroup as their primary usergroup or as one of their secondary groups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="1146682105" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Editing Subscription Permissions</title>
			<text date="1151503112" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 4">On this screen you set up allow or deny access for the specific subscription and usergroup. Options are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="edit" opt="usesub">
			<title date="1146682517" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Can Use Subscription</title>
			<text date="1146682517" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[By default users will be allowed access to purchase any subscription. If this option is set to <em>No</em> then this usergroup will be denied access to purchase this subscription. Please be aware that a user can have a primary and secondary groups.  If permission is allowed for one of the user's secondary groups then they will be able to purchase the donation, even if their primary usergroup does